Konica Minolta Printer bizhub C550 User Manual

User’s Guide [Print Operations]  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Introduction  
Introduction  
Thank you for purchasing this machine.  
The bizhub C550 is equipped with an integrated printer controller that allows  
you to print directly from Windows-compatible computers or Macintosh  
computers.  
This User’s Guide describes the printing functions, operations, usage, and  
safety precautions of the printer controller. In order to ensure that this ma-  
chine is used efficiently, carefully read this manual before using the machine.  
In order to ensure that this machine is used safely, carefully read the Quick  
Guide [Copy/Print/Fax/Scan/Box Operations] before using the machine.  
The illustrations used in this User’s Guide may differ from the actual model.  
Trademarks and copyright  
-
KONICA MINOLTA, the KONICA MINOLTA logo, and The essentials of  
imaging are registered trademarks of KONICA MINOLTA HOLDINGS,  
INC.  
-
-
PageScope and bizhub are registered trademarks or trademarks of  
KONICA MINOLTA BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES INC.  
Netscape is a registered trademark of Netscape Communications Corpo-  
ration in the United States and other countries.  
-
-
Mozilla and Firefox are trademarks of the Mozilla Foundation.  
Novell and Novell NetWare are registered trademarks of Novell, Inc. in the  
United States and other countries.  
-
Microsoft, Windows, and Windows NT are either registered trademarks  
or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other  
countries.  
-
-
PowerPC is a trademark of IBM Corporation in the United States, or other  
countries, or both.  
In regard to the Citrix access Partner Network Premier  
KONICA MINOLTA BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES, Inc. is a member of the  
Citrix access Partner Network.  
The Citrix access Partner Network is a program that, in combination with  
a solution of Citrix, promotes and develops solutions to provide the cus-  
tomers with better solutions.  
C550  
x-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Introduction  
-
-
Apple, Macintosh and Mac OS are registered trademarks of Apple Com-  
puter, Inc. Safari is a trademark of Apple Computer, Inc.  
Adobe, the Adobe logo, Acrobat and PostScript are either registered  
trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United  
States and/or other countries.  
-
-
-
Ethernet is a registered trademark of Xerox Corporation.  
PCL is a registered trademark of Hewlett-Packard Company Limited.  
CUPS and CUPS logo are registered trademark of Easy Software Prod-  
ucts.  
-
-
-
-
-
All other product and brand names are trademarks or registered trade-  
marks of their respective companies or organizations.  
This machine and PageScope Box Operator are based in part on the  
work of the Independent JPEG Group.  
Compact-VJE  
Copyright 1986-2003 VACS Corp.  
®
RC4 is a registered trademark or trademark of RSA Security Inc. in the  
United States and/or other countries.  
®
RSA is a registered trademark or trademark of RSA Security Inc. RSA  
®
BSAFE is a registered trademark or trademark of RSA Security Inc. in  
the United States and/or other countries.  
License information  
This product includes RSA BSAFE Cryptographic software  
from RSA Security Inc.  
OpenSSL statement  
OpenSSL license  
Copyright © 1998-2004 The OpenSSL Project. All rights reserved.  
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modifica-  
tion, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:  
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,  
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.  
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright no-  
tice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documen-  
tation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.  
3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must  
display the following acknowledgment:  
“This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for  
use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)”  
C550  
x-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Introduction  
4. The names “OpenSSL Toolkit” and “OpenSSL Project” must not be used  
to endorse or promote products derived from this software without prior  
written permission. For written permission, please contact openssl-  
5. Products derived from this software may not be called “OpenSSL” nor  
may “OpenSSL” appear in their names without prior written permission  
of the OpenSSL Project.  
6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following ac-  
knowledgment:  
“This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for  
use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)”  
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT “AS IS” AND  
ANY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIM-  
ITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT-  
NESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT  
SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR  
ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CON-  
SEQENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCURE-  
MENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR  
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON  
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,  
OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY  
WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE  
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.  
This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young  
([email protected]). This product includes software written by Tim Hud-  
Original SSLeay license  
Copyright © 1995-1998 Eric Young ([email protected]) All rights reserved.  
This package is an SSL implementation written by Eric Young (eay@crypt-  
soft.com).  
The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.  
This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as the fol-  
lowing conditions are aheared to. The following conditions apply to all code  
found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA, Ihash, DES, etc., code; not just  
the SSL code.  
The SSL documentation included with this distribution is covered by the  
same copyright terms except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@crypt-  
soft.com).  
Copyright remains Eric Young’s, and as such any Copyright notices in the  
code are not to be removed. If this package is used in a product, Eric Young  
should be given attribution as the author of the parts of the library used. This  
can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or in documen-  
tation (online or textual) provided with the package.  
C550  
x-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Introduction  
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modifica-  
tion, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:  
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright notice, this list  
of conditions and the following disclaimer.  
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright no-  
tice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documen-  
tation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.  
3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must  
display the following acknowledgement:  
“This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young  
The word ‘cryptographic’ can be left out if the rouines from the library be-  
ing used are not cryptographic related.  
4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from  
the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledge-  
ment:  
“This product includes software written by Tin Hudson (tjh@crypt-  
soft.com)”  
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG “AS IS” AND ANY EX-  
PRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,  
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A  
PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AU-  
THOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCI-  
DENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES  
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE  
GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS  
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILI-  
TY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING  
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE  
OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH  
DAMAGE.  
The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or de-  
rivative of this code cannot be changed. i.e. this code cannot simply be cop-  
ied and put under another distribution licence [including the GNU Public  
Licence.]  
NetSNMP License  
Part 1: CMU/UCD copyright notice: (BSD like)  
Copyright 1989, 1991, 1992 by Carnegie Mellon University Derivative Work -  
1996, 1998-2000  
Copyright 1996, 1998-2000 The Regents of the University of California All  
Rights Reserved  
C550  
x-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Introduction  
Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and its docu-  
mentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that  
the above copyright notice appears in all copies and that both that copyright  
notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and  
that the name of CMU and The Regents of the University of California not be  
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software with-  
out specific written permission.  
CMU AND THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA DISCLAIM  
ALLWARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL  
IMPLIEDWARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO  
EVENT SHALL CMU OR THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFOR-  
NIA BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAM-  
AGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM THE LOSS  
OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,  
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN  
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.  
Part 2: Networks Associates Technology, Inc copyright notice (BSD)  
Copyright © 2001-2003, Networks Associates Technology, Inc  
All rights reserved.  
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modifica-  
tion, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:  
-
Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,  
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.  
-
Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright no-  
tice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documen-  
tation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.  
-
Neither the name of the Networks Associates Technology, Inc nor the  
names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products  
derived from this software without specific prior written permission.  
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND  
CONTRIBUTORS “AS IS” AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,  
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MER-  
CHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DIS-  
CLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR  
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,  
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,  
BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR  
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;OR BUSINESS INTERRUP-  
TION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETH-  
ER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING  
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE  
OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH  
DAMAGE.  
C550  
x-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Introduction  
Part 3: Cambridge Broadband Ltd. copyright notice (BSD)  
Portions of this code are copyright © 2001-2003, Cambridge Broadband Ltd.  
All rights reserved.  
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modifica-  
tion, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:  
-
Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,  
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.  
-
Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright no-  
tice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documen-  
tation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.  
The name of Cambridge Broadband Ltd. may not be used to endorse or  
promote products derived from this software without specific prior writ-  
ten permission.  
-
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER “AS IS”  
AND ANYEXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT  
LIMITED TO, THEIMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FIT-  
NESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.IN NO EVENT  
SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDI-  
RECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAM-  
AGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF  
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;  
OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEO-  
RY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT  
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT  
OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY  
OF SUCH DAMAGE.  
Part 4: Sun Microsystems, Inc. copyright notice (BSD)  
Copyright © 2003 Sun Microsystems, Inc., 4150 Network Circle, Santa Clara,  
California 95054, U.S.A. All rights reserved.  
Use is subject to license terms below.  
This distribution may include materials developed by third parties.  
Sun, Sun Microsystems, the Sun logo and Solaris are trademarks or regis-  
tered trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the U.S. and other countries.  
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modifica-  
tion, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:  
-
Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,  
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.  
-
Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright no-  
tice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documen-  
tation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.  
C550  
x-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Introduction  
-
Neither the name of the Sun Microsystems, Inc. nor the names of its con-  
tributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this  
software without specific prior written permission.  
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND  
CONTRIBUTORS “AS IS” AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,  
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MER-  
CHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DIS-  
CLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR  
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,  
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,  
BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR  
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;OR BUSINESS INTERRUP-  
TION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETH-  
ER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING  
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE  
OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH  
DAMAGE.  
Part 5: Sparta, Inc copyright notice (BSD)  
Copyright © 2003-2004, Sparta, Inc All rights reserved.  
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modifica-  
tion, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:  
-
Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,  
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.  
-
Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright no-  
tice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documen-  
tation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.  
Neither the name of Sparta, Inc nor the names of its contributors may be  
used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without  
specific prior written permission.  
-
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND  
CONTRIBUTORS “AS IS” AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,  
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MER-  
CHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DIS-  
CLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR  
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,  
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,  
BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR  
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;OR BUSINESS INTERRUP-  
TION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETH-  
ER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING  
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE  
OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH  
DAMAGE.  
Part 6: Cisco/BUPTNIC copyright notice (BSD)  
C550  
x-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Introduction  
Copyright © 2004, Cisco, Inc and Information Network Center of Beijing Uni-  
versity of Posts and Telecommunications. All rights reserved.  
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modifica-  
tion, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:  
-
Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,  
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.  
-
Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright no-  
tice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documen-  
tation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.  
Neither the name of Cisco, Inc, Beijing University of Posts and Telecom-  
munications, nor the names of their contributors may be used to endorse  
or promote products derived from this software without specific prior  
written permission.  
-
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND  
CONTRIBUTORS “AS IS” AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,  
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MER-  
CHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DIS-  
CLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR  
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,  
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,  
BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR  
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;OR BUSINESS INTERRUP-  
TION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETH-  
ER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING  
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE  
OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH  
DAMAGE.  
Copyright  
© 2006 Konica Minolta Business Technologies, Inc. All Rights Reserved.  
Note  
-
-
-
-
This User’s Guide may not be reproduced in part or in full without permis-  
sion.  
Konica Minolta Business Technologies, Inc. will not be held liable for any  
incidents caused by using this printing system or User’s Guide.  
Information included in this User’s Guide is subject to change without no-  
tice.  
Konica Minolta Business Technologies, Inc. maintains the copyright of  
the printer drivers.  
C550  
x-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Introduction  
SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT  
This package contains the following materials provided by Konica Minolta  
Business Technologies, Inc. (KMBT): software included as part of the printing  
system, the digitally-encoded machine-readable outline data encoded in the  
special format and in the encrypted form (“Font Programs”), other software  
which runs on a computer system for use in conjunction with the Printing  
Software (“Host Software”), and related explanatory written materials (“Doc-  
umentation”). The term “Software” shall be used to describe Printing Soft-  
ware, Font Programs and/or Host Software and also include any upgrades,  
modified versions, additions, and copies of the Software.  
The Software is being licensed to you under the terms of this Agreement.  
KMBT grants to you a non-exclusive sublicense to use the Software and  
Documentation, provided that you agree to the following:  
1. You may use the Printing Software and accompanying Font Programs for  
imaging to the licensed output de-vice(s), solely for your own internal  
business purposes.  
2. In addition to the license for Font Programs set forth in Section 1 (“Print-  
ing Software”) above, you may use Roman Font Programs to reproduce  
weights, styles, and versions of letters, numerals, characters and sym-  
bols (“Typefaces”) on the display or monitor for your own internal busi-  
ness purposes.  
3. You may make one backup copy of the Host Software, provided your  
backup copy is not installed or used on any computer. Notwithstanding  
the above restrictions, you may install the on any number of computers  
solely for use with one or more printing systems running the Printing Soft-  
ware.  
4. You may assign its rights under this Agreement to an assignee of all of  
Licensee’s right and interest to such Software and Documentation (“As-  
signee”) provided you transfer to Assignee all copies of such Software  
and Documentation Assignee agrees to be bound by all of the terms and  
conditions of this Agreement.  
5. You agree not to modify, adapt or translate the Software and Documen-  
tation.  
6. You agree that you will not attempt to alter, disassemble, decrypt, re-  
verse engineer or decompile the Software.  
7. Title to and ownership of the Software and Documentation and any re-  
productions thereof shall remain with KMBT and its licensor.  
8. Trademarks shall be used in accordance with accepted trademark prac-  
tice, including identification of the trademark owner’s name. Trademarks  
can only be used to identify printed output produced by the Software.  
Such use of any trademark does not give you any rights of ownership in  
that trademark.  
C550  
x-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Introduction  
9. You may not rent, lease, sublicense, lend or transfer versions or copies  
of the Software Licensee does not use, or Software contained on any un-  
used media, except as part of the permanent transfer of all Software and  
Documentation as described above.  
10. IN NO EVENT WILL KMBT OR ITS LICENSOR BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR  
ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL INDIRECT, PUNITIVE OR SPE-  
CIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST SAVING,  
EVEN IF KMBT HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH  
DAMAGES, OR FOR ANY CLAIM BY ANY THIRD PARTY. KMBT OR ITS  
LICENSOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THE  
SOFTWARE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITA-  
TION IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A  
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD  
PARTY RIGHTS. SOME STATES OR JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW  
THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL  
OR SPECIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS MAY NOT AP-  
PLY TO YOU.  
11. Notice to Government End Users: The Software is a “commercial item,”  
as that term is defined at 48 C.F.R.2.101, consisting of “commercial com-  
puter software” and “commercial computer software documentation,” as  
such terms are used in 48 C.F.R. 12.212. Consistent with 48 C.F.R.  
12.212 and 48 C.F.R. 227.7202-1 through 227.7202-4, all U.S. Govern-  
ment End Users acquire the Software with only those rights set forth  
herein.  
12. You agree that you will not export the Software in any form in violation of  
any applicable laws and regulations regarding export control of any  
countries.  
C550  
x-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Introduction  
About Adobe Color Profile  
ADOBE SYSTEMS INCORPORATED  
COLOR PROFILE LICENSE AGREEMENT  
NOTICE TO USER: PLEASE READ THIS CONTRACT CAREFULLY. BY US-  
ING ALL OR ANY PORTION OF THE SOFTWARE YOU ACCEPT ALL THE  
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS SOFTWARE YOU ACCEPT ALL THE  
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT. IF YOU DO NOT AGREE  
WITH THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT, DO NOT USE THE SOFTWARE.  
1. DEFINITIONS In this Agreement, “Adobe” means Adobe Systems Incor-  
porated, a Delaware corporation, located at 345 Park Avenue, San Jose,  
California 95110. “Software” means the software and related items with  
which this Agreement is provided.  
2. LICENSE Subject to the terms of this Agreement, Adobe hereby grants  
you the worldwide, non-exclusive, nontransferable, royalty-free license  
to use, reproduce and publicly display the Software. Adobe also grants  
you the rights to distribute the Software only (a) as embedded within dig-  
ital image files and (b) on a standalone basis. No other distribution of the  
Software is allowed; including, without limitation, distribution of the Soft-  
ware when incorporated into or bundled with any application software. All  
individual profiles must be referenced by their ICC Profile description  
string. You may not modify the Software. Adobe is under no obligation to  
provide any support under this Agreement, including upgrades or future  
versions of the Software or other items. No title to the intellectual proper-  
ty in the Software is transferred to you under the terms of this Agreement.  
You do not acquire any rights to the Software except as expressly set  
forth in this Agreement.  
3. DISTRIBUTION If you choose to distribute the Software, you do so with  
the understanding that you agree to defend, indemnify and hold harmless  
Adobe against any losses, damages or costs arising from any claims,  
lawsuits or other legal actions arising out of such distribution, including  
without limitation, your failure to comply with this Section 3. If you distrib-  
ute the Software on a standalone basis, you will do so under the terms of  
this Agreement or your own license agreement which (a) complies with  
the terms and conditions of this Agreement; (b) effectively disclaims all  
warranties and conditions, express or implied, on behalf of Adobe; (c) ef-  
fectively excludes all liability for damages on behalf of Adobe; (d) states  
that any provisions that differ from this Agreement are offered by you  
alone and not Adobe and (e) states that the Software is available from you  
or Adobe and informs licensees how to obtain it in a reasonable manner  
on or through a medium customarily used for software exchange. Any  
distributed Software will include the Adobe copyright notices as included  
in the Software provided to you by Adobe.  
4. DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY Adobe licenses the Software to you on an  
“AS IS” basis. Adobe makes no representation as to the adequacy of the  
C550  
x-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Introduction  
Software for any particular purpose or to produce any particular result.  
Adobe shall not be liable for loss or damage arising out of this Agreement  
or from the distribution or use of the Software or any other materials.  
ADOBE AND ITS SUPPLIERS DO NOT AND CANNOT WARRANT THE  
PERFORMANCE OR RESULTS YOU MAY OBTAIN BY USING THE  
SOFTWARE, EXCEPT FOR ANY WARRANTY, CONDITION, REPRESEN-  
TATION OR TERM TO THE EXTENT TO WHICH THE SAME CANNOT OR  
MAY NOT BE EXCLUDED OR LIMITED BY LAW APPLICABLE TO YOU  
IN YOUR JURISDICTION, ADOBE AND ITS SUPPLIERS MAKE NO WAR-  
RANTIES, CONDITIONS, REPRESENTATIONS OR TERMS, EXPRESS  
OR IMPLIED, WHETHER BY STATUTE, COMMON LAW, CUSTOM, US-  
AGE OR OTHERWISE AS TO ANY OTHER MATTERS, INCLUDING BUT  
NOT LIMITED TO NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS, IN-  
TEGRATION, SATISFACTORY QUALITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PAR-  
TICULAR PURPOSE. YOU MAY HAVE ADDITIONAL RIGHTS WHICH  
VARY FROM JURISDICTION TO JURISDICTION. The provisions of Sec-  
tions 4, 5 and 6 shall survive the termination of this Agreement, howso-  
ever caused, but this shall not imply or create any continued right to use  
the Software after termination of this Agreement.  
5. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY IN NO EVENT WILL ADOBE OR ITS SUPPLI-  
ERS BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR ANY DAMAGES, CLAIMS OR COSTS  
WHATSOEVER OR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL  
DAMAGES, OR ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST SAVINGS, EVEN IF AN  
ADOBE REPRESENTATIVE HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY  
OF SUCH LOSS, DAMAGES, CLAIMS OR COSTS OR FOR ANY CLAIM  
BY ANY THIRD PARTY. THE FOREGOING LIMITATIONS AND EXCLU-  
SIONS APPLY TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW IN  
YOUR JURISDICTION. ADOBEfS AGGREGATE LIABILITY AND THAT OF  
ITS SUPPLIERS UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT  
SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT PAID FOR THE SOFTWARE.  
Nothing contained in this Agreement limits Adobe’s liability to you in the  
event of death or personal injury resulting from Adobe’s negligence or for  
the tort of deceit (fraud). Adobe is acting on behalf of its suppliers for the  
purpose of disclaiming, excluding and/or limiting obligations, warranties  
and liability as provided in this Agreement, but in no other respects and  
for no other purpose.  
6. TRADEMARKS Adobe and the Adobe logo are the registered trademarks  
or trademarks of Adobe in the United States and other countries. With the  
exception of referential use, you will not use such trademarks or any oth-  
er Adobe trademark or logo without separate prior written permission  
granted by Adobe.  
7. TERM This Agreement is effective until terminated. Adobe has the right  
to terminate this Agreement immediately if you fail to comply with any  
term hereof. Upon any such termination, you must return to Adobe all full  
and partial copies of the Software in your possession or control.  
C550  
x-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Introduction  
8. GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS If any part of the Software is identified as  
an export controlled item under the United States Export Administration  
Act or any other export law, restriction or regulation (the “Export Laws”),  
you represent and warrant that you are not a citizen, or otherwise located  
within, an embargoed nation (including without limitation Iran, Iraq, Syria,  
Sudan, Libya, Cuba, North Korea, and Serbia) and that you are not oth-  
erwise prohibited under the Export Laws from receiving the Software. All  
rights to use the Software are granted on condition that such rights are  
forfeited if you fail to comply with the terms of this Agreement.  
9. GOVERNING LAW This Agreement will be governed by and construed in  
accordance with the substantive laws in force in the State of California as  
such laws are applied to agreements entered into and to be performed  
entirely within California between California residents. This Agreement  
will not be governed by the conflict of law rules of any jurisdiction or the  
United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of  
Goods, the application of which is expressly excluded. All disputes aris-  
ing out of, under or related to this Agreement will be brought exclusively  
in the state Santa Clara County, California, USA.  
10. GENERAL You may not assign your rights or obligations granted under  
this Agreement without the prior written consent of Adobe. None of the  
provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived by  
any act or acquiescence on the part of Adobe, its agents, or employees,  
but only by an instrument in writing signed by an authorized signatory of  
Adobe. When conflicting language exists between this Agreement and  
any other agreement included in the Software, the terms of such included  
agreement shall apply. If either you or Adobe employs attorneys to en-  
force any rights arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the prevailing  
party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees. You ac-  
knowledge that you have read this Agreement, understand it, and that it  
is the complete and exclusive statement of your agreement with Adobe  
which supersedes any prior agreement, oral or written, between Adobe  
and you with respect to the licensing to you of the Software. No variation  
of the terms of this Agreement will be enforceable against Adobe unless  
Adobe gives its express consent, in writing, signed by an authorized sig-  
natory of Adobe.  
C550  
x-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Introduction  
ICC Profile for TOYO INK Standard Color on Coated paper  
(TOYO Offset Coated 2.0)  
This ICC Profile (TOYO Offset Coated 2.0) characterizes Japanese offset  
press on Coated paper and is fully compatible with ICC profile format.  
About “TOYO INK Standard Color on Coated paper”  
This is the standard for color reproduction of sheet-fed offset press on Coat-  
ed paper made by TOYO INK MFG.CO., LTD. (“TOYO INK”).  
This standard is made from printing test with using TOYO INK’s sheet-fed  
offset printing inks and TOYO INK’s own printing conditions.  
“TOYO INK Standard Color on Coated paper” is compatible with “JAPAN  
COLOR”.  
Agreement  
1. The reproduction of images on a printer or a monitor using this ICC Profile  
do not completely match the TOYO INK Standard Color on Coated pa-  
per.  
2. Any and all copyrights of this ICC Profile shall remain in TOYO INK; there-  
fore you shall not transfer, provide, rent, distribute, disclose, or grant any  
rights in this ICC Profile to any third party without the prior written con-  
sent of TOYO INK.  
3. In no event will TOYO INK its directors, officers, employees or agents be  
liable to you for any consequential or incidential, either direct or indirect,  
damages (including damages for loss of business profits, business inter-  
ruption, loss of business information, and the like) arising out of the use  
or inability to use this ICC Profile.  
4. TOYO INK shall not be responsible for answering any question related to  
this ICC Profile.  
5. All company names and product names used in this document is the  
trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holder.  
This ICC Profile made by GretagMacbeth ProfileMaker and granted  
TOYO INK certain license to distribute by GretagMacbeth AG.  
TOYO Offset Coated 2.0 © TOYO INK MFG. CO., LTD. 2004  
C550  
x-14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Introduction  
DIC STANDARD COLOR PROFILE LICENSE AGREEMENT  
IMPORTANT: PLEASE READ THIS STANDARD COLOR PROFILE LICENSE  
AGREEMENT (“LICENSE AGREEMENT”) CAREFULLY BEFORE USING THE  
DIC STANDARD COLOR PROFILE, INCLUDING THE DIC STANDARD  
COLOR SFC1.0.1, DIC STANDARD COLOR SFC1.0.2, DIC STANDARD  
COLOR SFM1.0.2, DIC STANDARD COLOR SFU1.0.2, PROVIDED BY DIC  
HEREWITH, AND ANY CORRESPONDIMG ONLINE OR ELECTRONC DOC-  
UMENTATION AND ALL UPDATES OR UPGRADES OF THE ABOVE THAT  
ARE PROVIDED TO YOU (COLLECTIVELY, THE “PROFILE”).  
THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT IS A LEGAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN YOU (EI-  
THER AN INDIVIDUAL OR, IF ACQUIRED BY OR FOR AN ENTITY, AN EN-  
TITY) AND DAINIPPON INK & CHEMICALS, INC., A JAPANESE COMPANY  
(“DIC”). THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT PROVIDES A LICENSE TO USE THE  
PROFILE AND CONTAINS WARRANTY INFORMATION AND LIABILITY DIS-  
CLAIMERS. IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO BE BOUND BY ALL OF THESE  
TERMS, YOU MAY NOT USE THE PROFILE.  
1. License Grant  
DIC grants you a gratis non-exclusive and non-transferable license to use  
the Profile and to allow your employees and authorized agents, if any, to  
use the Profile, solely in connection with their work for you, subject to all  
of the limitations and restrictions in this License Agreement.  
2. Ownership  
The foregoing license gives you limited license to use the Profile. You will  
own the rights in the media containing the recorded Profile, but DIC re-  
tains all right, title and interest, including all copyright and intellectual  
property rights, in and to, the Profile and all copies thereof. All rights not  
specifically granted in this License Agreement, including all copyrights,  
are reserved by DIC.  
3. Term  
a. This License Agreement is effective until terminated.  
b. You may terminate this License Agreement by notifying DIC in writing  
of your intention to terminate this License Agreement and by destroying,  
all copies of the Profile in your possession or control.  
c. DIC may terminate this License Agreement without prior notice to you  
if you fail to comply with any of the terms and conditions of this License  
Agreement (either directly or through your employees or agents), retroac-  
tive to the time of such failure to comply. In such event, you must imme-  
diately stop using the Profile and destroy all copies of the Profile in your  
possession or control.  
d. All provisions in this License Agreement relating to warranty disclaim-  
ers (Section 5) and the limitation of liability (Section 6) shall survive any  
termination of this License Agreement.  
4. License Method and Restrictions  
a. You may install and use the Profile on a single desktop computer; pro-  
C550  
x-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Introduction  
vided, however, that, notwithstanding anything contrary contained here-  
in, you may not use the Profile on any network system or share, install or  
use the Profile concurrently on different computers, or electronically  
transfer the Profile from one computer to another or over a network.  
b. You may not make or distribute copies, fix, alter, merge, modify, adapt,  
sublicense, transfer, sell, rent, lease, gift or distribute all or a portion of  
the Profile, or modify the Profile or create derivative works based upon  
the Profile.  
c. You acknowledge that the Profile is not intended for any usage which  
may cause death or physical injury or environmental damage and agree  
not to use the Profile for such usage.  
d. You shall not use the Profile to develop any software or other technol-  
ogy having the same primary function as the Profile, including but not lim-  
ited to using the Profile in any development or test procedure that seeks  
to develop like software or other technology, or to determine if such soft-  
ware or other technology performs in a similar manner as the Profile.  
e. DIC and other trademarks contained in the Profile are trademarks or  
registered trademarks of DIC in Japan and/or other countries. You may  
not remove or alter any trademark, trade names, product names, logo,  
copyright or other proprietary notices, legends, symbols or labels in the  
Profile. This License Agreement does not authorize you to use DIC’s or  
its licensors’ names or any of their respective trademarks.  
5. WARRANTY DISCLAIMER  
a. THE PROFILE IS PROVIDED TO YOU FREE OF CHARGE, AND ON AN  
“AS-IS” BASIS, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS AND COONDI-  
TIONS OF THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT. DIC PROVIDES NO TECHNI-  
CAL SUPPORT, WARRANTIES OR REMEDIES FOR THE PROFILE.  
b. DIC DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS,  
WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED, OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING BUT  
NOT LIMITED TO, THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FIT-  
NESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, TITLE  
AND QUIET ENJOYMENT. YOU SHALL ASSUME AND BE FULLY LIA-  
BLE AND RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL RISKS IN CONNECTION WITH  
YOUR USE OF THE PROFILE. DIC DOES NOT WARRANT THAT THE  
PROFILE IS FREE OF DEFECTS OR FLAWS OR WILL OPERATE WITH-  
OUT INTERRUPTION, AND IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FORCORRECTING  
OR REPAIRING ANY DEFECTS OR FLAWS, FOR FEE OR GRATIS. NO  
RIGHTS OR REMEDIES WILL BE CONFERRED ON YOU UNLESS EX-  
PRESSLY GRANTED HEREIN.  
6. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY  
DIC SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU OR ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY  
DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE, COVER OR  
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,  
DAMAGES FOR THE INABILITY TO USE EQUIPMENT OR ACCESS DA-  
TA, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF PROFITS, BUSINESS INTERRUP-  
TION OR THE LIKE), ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF, OR INABILITY TO  
C550  
x-16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Introduction  
USE, THE PROFILE AND BASED ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY IN-  
CLUDING BREACH OF CONTRACT, BREACH OF WARRANTY, TORT  
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), PRODUCT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE,  
EVEN IF DIC OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE  
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.  
THE FOREGOING LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY SHALL APPLY TO ALL  
ASPECTS OF THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT.  
7. General  
a. This License Agreement shall be governed and construed in accord-  
ance with the laws of Japan, without giving effect to principles of conflict  
of laws. If any provision of this License Agreement shall be held by a  
court of competent jurisdiction to be contrary to law, that provision will  
be enforced to the maximum extent permissible, and the remaining pro-  
visions of this License Agreement will remain in full force and effect. You  
hereby consent to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of Tokyo District  
Court to resolve any disputes arising under this License Agreement.  
b. This License Agreement contains the complete agreement between  
the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all  
prior or contemporaneous agreements or understandings, whether oral  
or written. You agree that any varying or additional terms contained in  
any written notification or document issued by you in relation to the Pro-  
file licensed hereunder shall be of no effect.  
c. The failure or delay of DIC to exercise any of its rights under this Li-  
cense Agreement or upon any breach of this License Agreement shall not  
be deemed a waiver of those rights or of the breach.  
C550  
x-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Introduction  
Contents  
Introduction  
(TOYO Offset Coated 2.0) ...............................................................x-14  
1
Overview  
1.1  
Printer controller ...............................................................................1-1  
Available printer controller functions ..............................................1-1  
1.2  
1.3  
To set up the printing system .........................................................1-8  
2
Installing the printer driver  
2.1  
2.2  
Printer drivers and supported operating systems .........................2-1  
When used with Windows ................................................................2-3  
Automatic installation using the installer ........................................2-4  
To install the printer driver ..............................................................2-5  
Installing the printer driver using the Add Printer Wizard ...............2-7  
For Windows XP/Server 2003 ........................................................2-8  
For Windows Vista ........................................................................2-10  
C550  
x-18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Introduction  
When the printer driver contains the delete function ...................2-21  
When the printer driver does not contain the delete function ......2-22  
2.3  
When used with Macintosh ............................................................2-24  
For Mac OS 9.2 ............................................................................2-27  
3
3.1  
Features of the network functions ..................................................3-2  
3.2  
3.3  
3.4  
Setting the IP address for this machine ..........................................3-4  
3.5  
LPR printing .....................................................................................3-10  
Operations on this machine ..........................................................3-10  
Printer driver settings ...................................................................3-10  
For Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003/Vista ....................................3-10  
For Windows NT 4.0 .....................................................................3-11  
3.6  
3.7  
Port 9100 printing (Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003/Vista) ...........3-12  
Operations on this machine ..........................................................3-12  
Printer driver settings (Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003/Vista) .....3-12  
IPP printing (Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003/Vista) .....................3-14  
Operations on this machine ..........................................................3-14  
C550  
x-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Introduction  
Installing the printer driver (Windows Vista) .................................3-19  
3.8  
For NetWare 4.x/5.x/6 Print Server mode (NDS) ..........................3-32  
For NetWare 5.x/6 Novell Distributed Print Service (NDPS) .........3-36  
3.9  
4
4.1  
4.2  
Paper Tray (paper source) ............................................................4-11  
Paper Type ...................................................................................4-11  
Output Method (job management) ...............................................4-12  
User Authentication ......................................................................4-12  
Account Track ..............................................................................4-12  
Collate and Offset .........................................................................4-13  
Combination/Poster Mode ...........................................................4-14  
Skip Blank Pages (saving paper) ..................................................4-15  
Chapters .......................................................................................4-15  
Print Type (duplex printing/booklet printing) ................................4-16  
Image Shift ...................................................................................4-17  
C550  
x-20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Introduction  
Overlay ..........................................................................................4-22  
Copy Protect ................................................................................4-22  
4.3  
5
5.1  
Other tab .........................................................................................5-4  
5.2  
5.3  
Selecting the paper tray .................................................................5-8  
Specifying the paper type for a paper tray .....................................5-9  
Selecting the output method ........................................................5-10  
Specifying the user authentication settings .................................5-13  
Specifying the account track settings ..........................................5-15  
Specifying the Layout tab settings ................................................5-17  
Printing multiple pages on one page (N in 1, Poster Mode) .........5-17  
Chapters .......................................................................................5-18  
Specifying duplex/booklet printing ...............................................5-18  
Setting the binding margin ...........................................................5-19  
Shifting images .............................................................................5-20  
C550  
x-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Introduction  
5.4  
Specifying the center staple and fold setting ...............................5-22  
5.5  
5.6  
Printing with transparency interleaves ..........................................5-26  
Editing a watermark ......................................................................5-28  
Printing a header and a footer ......................................................5-38  
5.7  
Font Settings ................................................................................5-40  
5.8  
5.9  
Changing an encryption passphrase ............................................5-45  
Starting up a software tool ...........................................................5-46  
5.10 Specifying the Settings tab settings ..............................................5-47  
Specifying the default settings .....................................................5-47  
Registering custom paper sizes ...................................................5-48  
5.11 Saving the driver settings ...............................................................5-50  
Saving the driver settings .............................................................5-50  
Recalling the settings ...................................................................5-51  
Editing the settings .......................................................................5-52  
Importing and exporting the driver settings .................................5-53  
C550  
x-22  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Introduction  
6
6.1  
Device Settings tab ........................................................................6-5  
6.2  
Selecting the paper tray .................................................................6-8  
6.3  
6.4  
Chapters .......................................................................................6-18  
Specifying the center staple and fold setting ...............................6-22  
Specifying the output tray ............................................................6-23  
Specifying the procedure for adjusting the binding position ........6-23  
6.5  
6.6  
Specifying the Cover Mode tab settings .......................................6-24  
Printing documents with a front cover/back cover ......................6-24  
Printing documents with a front cover/back cover from a post  
inserter ..........................................................................................6-24  
Printing multiple pages .................................................................6-25  
Printing with transparency interleaves ..........................................6-27  
Specifying the Stamp/Composition tab settings .........................6-28  
Printing a watermark ....................................................................6-28  
C550  
x-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Introduction  
Printing different original documents together (overlay) ...............6-30  
6.7  
Controlling the color profile ..........................................................6-41  
6.8  
6.9  
Specifying the paper tray .............................................................6-46  
Starting up a software tool ...........................................................6-48  
Importing and exporting the driver settings .................................6-55  
7
7.1  
Print dialog box ..............................................................................7-2  
7.2  
Page Setup .........................................................................................7-5  
Page Attributes (basic settings) ......................................................7-5  
Custom Page Sizes ........................................................................7-6  
PostScript Options .........................................................................7-7  
7.3  
7.4  
Printing ...............................................................................................7-8  
General (basic settings) ..................................................................7-8  
Layout (printing multiple pages on one page) ................................7-9  
Printer specific options (Finishing Options 1 to 5) ........................7-10  
Setting options ................................................................................7-12  
C550  
x-24  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Introduction  
8
8.1  
Settings ..............................................................................................8-1  
8.2  
8.3  
8.4  
Specifying the user authentication settings .................................8-14  
8.5  
8.6  
Paper Tray/Output Tray ..................................................................8-25  
8.7  
8.8  
Cover Mode/Transparency Interleave ...........................................8-27  
Per Page Setting .............................................................................8-29  
8.9  
Printing the date and time ............................................................8-35  
Printing the page numbers ...........................................................8-36  
Printing a header and a footer ......................................................8-37  
8.10 Quality ..............................................................................................8-38  
Controlling the color profile ..........................................................8-39  
8.11 Setting options ................................................................................8-41  
8.12 Saving the driver settings ...............................................................8-42  
Saving the driver settings .............................................................8-42  
Recalling the settings ...................................................................8-42  
Changing the settings ...................................................................8-43  
C550  
x-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Introduction  
9
9.1  
9.2  
To specify the secure document delete time ...............................9-38  
Printing without specifying the authentication setting ..................9-39  
I/F Timeout ...................................................................................9-40  
Print XPS Errors ............................................................................9-41  
Print Data Capture ........................................................................9-42  
Driver Password Encryption Setting .............................................9-43  
9.3  
Print job management ....................................................................9-46  
Specifying job operations .............................................................9-46  
Specifying settings (for Windows) ................................................9-46  
Specifying settings (for Mac OS X) ...............................................9-48  
Job storage ...................................................................................9-49  
C550  
x-26  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Introduction  
Recalling jobs (Secure Print) .........................................................9-51  
“Mode 2” ......................................................................................9-55  
Printing with this machine when user authentication settings  
Specifying settings (for Mac OS X) ...............................................9-62  
been applied .................................................................................9-63  
Specifying settings (for Mac OS X) ...............................................9-65  
10 Troubleshooting  
11 Appendix  
PS font list ....................................................................................11-5  
11.4 PPD driver (Linux and applications) ..............................................11-7  
PPD driver types ...........................................................................11-7  
About the PPD driver for Linux .....................................................11-7  
To register the PPD driver for Linux .............................................11-7  
To set up the PPD driver for Linux ...............................................11-7  
To register the PPD driver for OpenOffice ....................................11-8  
To print with OpenOffice ..............................................................11-8  
About the PPD driver for applications ..........................................11-9  
To print .........................................................................................11-9  
11.5 Glossary .........................................................................................11-10  
C550  
x-27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Introduction  
12 Index  
12.1 Index .................................................................................................12-1  
C550  
x-28  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Introduction  
About this user’s guide  
This User’s Guide contains information for using the printing functions of the  
Konica Minolta printer controller. For details on the copy functions, scanning  
functions, box functions, and fax functions, refer to the respective User’s  
Guide.  
This User’s Guide is aimed at users who already have a basic knowledge of  
computer and this machine operations. For Windows or Macintosh operating  
system and application operations, refer to the operation manual of the re-  
spective product.  
User’s Guides  
This machine is provided with printed manuals and PDF manuals on the Us-  
er’s Guide CD.  
Printed manuals  
Quick Guide [Copy/Print/Fax/Scan/Box Operations]  
This manual contains operating procedures and descriptions of the most fre-  
quently used functions, allowing the machine to immediately be used.  
In addition, this manual contains notes and precautions that should be fol-  
lowed for safe use of the machine.  
Be sure to read this manual before using the machine.  
User’s Guide [Enlarge Display Operations]  
This manual contains details on operating procedures in Enlarge Display  
mode.  
Refer to this manual for details on using copy, network scanner and fax func-  
tions in Enlarge Display mode.  
User’s Guide CD manuals  
User’s Guide [Copy Operations]  
This manual contains descriptions of the Copy mode operations and ma-  
chine maintenance. Refer to this manual for details on the paper and docu-  
ments, copy procedures using convenient Application functions, replacing  
consumables, and troubleshooting operations such as clearing paper mis-  
feeds.  
User’s Guide [Print Operations] (this manual)  
This manual contains details of the printing functions that can be specified  
with the standard built-in printer controller. Refer to this manual for operating  
procedures on using the printing functions.  
C550  
x-29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Introduction  
User’s Guide [Box Operations]  
This manual contains operating procedures for using the user boxes on the  
hard disk. Refer to this manual for details on saving data in user boxes, re-  
trieving data from user boxes and transferring data.  
User’s Guide [Network Scanner Operations]  
This manual contains descriptions on specifying network settings for stand-  
ard equipment and operating procedures for scanning functions. Refer to  
this User’s Guide for details on using network functions and the Scan to E-  
Mail, Scan to FTP and Scan to SMB operations.  
User’s Guide [PageScope Web Connection Operations]  
This manual contains descriptions on the machine settings that can be spec-  
ified remotely with PageScope Web Connection from a Web browser on a  
computer. Refer to this manual for details on operating procedures for using  
PageScope Web Connection.  
User’s Guide [Fax Operations]  
This manual contains descriptions of the G3 fax operations. Refer to this  
manual for details on using the G3 fax operations when the optional fax kit is  
installed.  
In order to use the fax functions, the optional fax kit must be purchased sep-  
arately.  
User’s Guide [Network Fax Operations]  
This manual contains details on the network fax functions. Refer to this man-  
ual for operating procedures on Internet faxing and IP address faxing.  
User’s Guide [Fax Driver Operations]  
This manual contains details of the fax driver functions that can be used to  
send a fax directly from a computer.  
Refer to this manual for operating procedures on using the PC-FAX func-  
tions.  
In order to use the fax functions, the optional fax kit must be purchased sep-  
arately.  
Notations  
Product name  
bizhub C550  
This machine  
This machine or printer  
Integrated network controller  
Network controller  
Printing system  
Printer controller, including this  
machine, and printing system  
C550  
x-30  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Introduction  
Product name  
Microsoft Windows  
Windows  
Screen images in this user’s guide  
Unless stated otherwise, the printer driver functions are described using the  
printer driver for Windows XP.  
C550  
x-31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Introduction  
Using this user’s guide  
C550  
x-32  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Overview  
1
1
Overview  
1.1  
Printer controller  
The printer controller is a device for performing printing functions and net-  
work printing functions with this machine.  
Role of the printer controller  
The printer controller is built into the machine.  
You can print from applications on the computer connected to the printing  
system. When using this machine as a network printer, you can print from  
applications on the computer.  
Printing system  
Computer  
Machine  
Printer  
controller  
Available printer controller functions  
The printer controller provides the following functions.  
-
Printing of data that is sent from a printer driver installed on a computer  
Support of network protocols including TCP/IP (IPv4/IPv6), IPX/SPX, and  
AppleTalk  
Direct printing over a network using SMB (Windows), LPR, and IPP print-  
ing  
Access to settings for this machine and the printer controller from a client  
computer over the network (using a Web browser)  
Control of the number of pages printed (“User Authentication” and “Ac-  
count Track” functions)  
-
-
-
-
-
Fax operations using a computer (PC-fax transmission)  
C550  
1-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Overview  
1
Note  
To perform fax operations, optional fax kit FK-502 is required.  
!
Detail  
For details on the PC-fax transmission, refer to the User’s Guide [Fax  
Driver Operations].  
C550  
1-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Overview  
Machine modes  
1
The printer driver settings are mainly set using a computer, however, the font  
list can be printed, and the printer controller settings and default print set-  
tings can be set using the control panel of this machine. In addition, fax and  
scanning operations can be used by switching the mode.  
To switch between modes, press the mode keys on the control panel.  
[Copy]  
This machine can be used as a copier.  
[Fax/Scan]  
This machine can be used as a fax or as a scanner.  
[User Box]  
This machine can be used to store jobs and as a document folder for for-  
warding data to a computer over the network.  
Note  
You can use this machine as a printer in all modes.  
Change the default print settings in the Utility mode.  
C550  
1-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Overview  
Printing flow  
1
When using this printing system as a printer, the flow of the main process is  
described below.  
Print commands transmitted from the application are received by the printer  
driver.  
Data is transmitted to this machine over a USB interface when this machine  
is used as a USB printer, or over an Ethernet interface (TCP/IP, IPX/SPX, Ap-  
pleTalk) when this machine is used as a network printer. The data is then de-  
livered from this machine to the printer controller, which performs image  
rasterization (development of output characters and images to bitmap data).  
Finally, this data is printed from this machine.  
Computer  
Used as a USB  
printer  
Used as a  
network printer  
Application  
Application  
Printer driver  
Printer driver  
Ethernet (TCP/IP, IPX/  
SPX, or AppleTalk)  
USB  
Machine  
Print  
Printer controller  
PS/PCL processing (rasterizing)  
Original documents can be scanned in the copy function or network scan  
function while this machine is operating as a printer.  
To use this machine as a copier, press the [Copy] key on the control panel.  
When a print job is received during copying, the data is stored in the memory  
of this machine. When copying is complete, the print job is automatically  
printed.  
C550  
1-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Overview  
1
1.2  
Operating environment  
The system requirements for using this printing system and the interfaces  
used for connection are explained below.  
Compatible computers and operating systems  
Check that the computer being connected meets the following conditions.  
Windows  
Item  
Operating environment  
Operating System  
Windows NT Workstation /Server Version4.0 (Service Pack 6  
or later), Windows 2000 Professional/Server (Service Pack 3  
or later), Windows XP Home Edition/Windows XP Profession-  
al, Windows XP Professional x64 Edition, Windows Vista  
Home Basic/Home Premium/Ultimate/Business/Enterprise,  
Windows Vista Home Basic/Home Premium/Ultimate/Busi-  
ness/Enterprise x64 Edition, Windows Server 2003 Standard  
Edition, Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition  
Processor  
Memory  
Environment recommended for the operating system or high-  
er  
Capacity recommended for the operating system  
With sufficient memory resources in the operating system and  
application being used  
Drive  
CD-ROM  
Web Browser (when using Pag- Microsoft Internet Explorer 6 or later recommended (JavaS-  
eScope Web Connection)  
cript enabled, Cookies enabled)  
Netscape Navigator 7.02 or later (JavaScript enabled, Cook-  
ies enabled)  
Mozilla Firefox 1.0 or later (JavaScript enabled, Cookies ena-  
bled)  
®
®
Adobe Flash (If “Flash” is selected in View Mode, version  
7.0 or later plugin is required.)  
Macintosh  
Item  
Operating environment  
Operating System  
Mac OS 9.2, Mac OS X 10.2.8, Mac OS X 10.3, or Mac OS X  
10.4  
Processor  
PowerPC, Intel Processor  
(Intel Processor for Mac OS X 10.4 only)  
Memory  
Drive  
Capacity recommended for the operating system  
CD-ROM  
Web Browser (when using Pag- Netscape Navigator 7.02 or later (JavaScript enabled, Cook-  
eScope Web Connection)  
ies enabled)  
Mozilla Firefox 1.0 or later (JavaScript enabled, Cookies ena-  
bled)  
®
®
Adobe Flash (If “Flash” is selected in View Mode, version  
7.0 or later plugin is required.)  
C550  
1-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Overview  
Compatible interfaces  
1
The various interfaces that can be used to connect this printing system to a  
computer are described below.  
Ethernet interface  
Connect when using this printing system as a network printer.  
Supports 10Base-T, 100Base-TX and 1000Base-T standards. In addition,  
the Ethernet interface supports the TCP/IP (LDP/LPR, peer-to-peer), IPX/  
SPX (NetWare), and AppleTalk (EtherTalk).  
USB interface  
Connect when using this printing system as a network printer.  
The USB interface can be connected to a computer running Windows. A  
USB cable is required for connection. Use a type A (4 pin, male) or type B (4  
pin, male) USB cable. A USB cable measuring 3 meters or less is recom-  
mended.  
C550  
1-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Overview  
1
Connection diagram  
The printer cables can be connected to each port at the back of this ma-  
chine.  
Machine (rear view)  
Ethernet port  
(10Base-T/100Base-  
TX/1000Base-T)  
USB port  
C550  
1-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Overview  
1.3  
Setting up the system  
In order to use this printing system, it must first be set up.  
Setup consists of connecting this machine to a computer and installing the  
printer driver onto the computer being used.  
To set up the printing system  
Setup of the printing system as described below.  
1
Connect this machine to a computer. (Refer to “Compatible interfaces”  
on page 1-6.)  
2
3
4
5
When using a network connection, set up the network. (Refer to “Set-  
ting up network printing” on page 3-1.)  
Install the printer driver. (Refer to “Installing the printer driver” on  
page 2-1.)  
Check the setup by printing a test page. (Refer to “Test printing” on  
page 4-2.)  
Install the screen fonts.  
The CD-ROM contain the Latin TrueType fonts as screen fonts.  
Install the screen fonts after adding the operating system standard  
fonts.  
For details, refer to Help of the operating system.  
The CD-ROM “ScreenFont” or “Screen Fonts” folder contains the  
The Macintosh fonts are compressed. Install the fonts after decom-  
pressing them.  
Installation of the printer driver may differ depending on the connection  
method used with this machine in addition to the operating system of the  
computer and the type of printer driver being used.  
!
Detail  
For details on connecting this machine to a computer, refer to “Compat-  
ible interfaces” on page 1-6.  
C550  
1-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Overview  
Note  
To update an existing printer driver, delete the existing printer driver first.  
For details, refer to “Uninstalling the printer driver” on page 2-21 and  
page 2-29.  
As necessary, set the interface timeout settings in the Utility mode on the  
control panel. For details, refer to “Print settings in Administrator mode”  
on page 9-33.  
C550  
1-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Overview  
1
C550  
1-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installing the printer driver  
2
2
Installing the printer driver  
2.1  
Printer drivers and supported operating systems  
In order to use this printing system, the printer driver must be installed. The  
printer driver is a program that controls the processing of data for output. In-  
stall the printer driver onto the computer from the provided CD-ROM.  
The printer drivers included on the CD and the supported computer operat-  
ing systems are listed below. Install the required printer driver.  
Printer driver  
Page description  
language  
Supported operating systems  
Konica Minolta PCL  
Driver  
(PCL driver)  
PCL6  
Windows NT Workstation /Server Version4.0  
(Service Pack 6 or later), Windows 2000 Pro-  
fessional/Server (Service Pack 3 or later), Win-  
dows XP Home Edition/Windows XP  
Professional, Windows XP Professional x64  
Edition, Windows Vista Home Basic/Home  
Premium/Ultimate/Business/Enterprise, Win-  
dows Vista Home Basic/Home Premium/Ulti-  
mate/Business/Enterprise x64 Edition,  
Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition, Win-  
dows Server 2003 x64 Edition  
Konica Minolta Post-  
Script Driver  
(PS driver)  
PostScript3  
Emulation  
Windows 2000 Professional/Server (Service  
Pack 3 or later), Windows XP Home Edition/  
Windows XP Professional, Windows XP Pro-  
fessional x64 Edition, Windows Vista Home  
Basic/Home Premium/Ultimate/Business/En-  
terprise, Windows Vista Home Basic/Home  
Premium/Ultimate/Business/Enterprise x64  
Edition, Windows Server 2003 Standard Edi-  
tion, Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition  
PostScript PPD driver  
(PS-PPD)  
Mac OS 9.2 or later  
Mac OS X 10.2.8, Mac OS X 10.3, and Mac OS  
X 10.4  
Fax driver  
Windows NT Workstation /Server Version4.0  
(Service Pack 6 or later), Windows 2000 Pro-  
fessional/Server (Service Pack 3 or later), Win-  
dows XP Home Edition/Windows XP  
Professional, Windows XP Professional x64  
Edition, Windows Vista Home Basic/Home  
Premium/Ultimate/Business/Enterprise, Win-  
dows Vista Home Basic/Home Premium/Ulti-  
mate/Business/Enterprise x64 Edition,  
Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition, Win-  
dows Server 2003 x64 Edition  
C550  
2-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Installing the printer driver  
2
!
Detail  
For details on the fax driver, refer to the User’s guide [Fax Driver Opera-  
tions].  
C550  
2-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installing the printer driver  
2
2.2  
When used with Windows  
The installation procedure for the Windows printer driver differs depending  
on how this machine is connected to the computer and depending on which  
printer driver is used. The installation method also differs depending on the  
version of Windows that you are using. Refer to the table below for the ap-  
propriate procedure for installing the printer driver on your computer.  
Printer driver  
Connection  
method  
Refer to  
Konica Minolta  
PCL Driver  
All connec-  
tion methods  
Konica Minolta  
PostScript Driver  
Fax driver  
Konica Minolta  
PCL Driver  
Konica Minolta  
PostScript Driver  
PostScript PPD  
Fax driver  
Network con- “Installing the printer driver using the Add Printer Wizard”  
nection  
on page 2-7  
“For Windows 2000/NT 4.0” on page 2-15  
“For Windows XP/Server 2003” on page 2-8  
“When using Web service printing under Windows Vista”  
on page 2-14  
USB connec- “Installing the printer driver using Plug and Play” on  
tion  
page 2-18  
“For Windows 2000” on page 2-18  
“For Windows XP/Server 2003” on page 2-19  
“For Windows Vista” on page 2-20  
Note  
For details on installing the printer driver in a network environment, refer  
to “Setting up network printing” on page 3-1. Because it is necessary to  
specify other network settings in advance when installing the printer driv-  
er using a network connection, install it using a local connection at this  
time.  
To install the printer driver under Windows Vista, Windows XP, Windows  
Server 2003, Windows 2000, or Windows NT 4.0, log on using a user  
name that is authorized by the administrator.  
C550  
2-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Installing the printer driver  
Automatic installation using the installer  
2
With the installer, this machine is detected to determine whether it is con-  
nected by USB or is on the same TCP/IP network as the computer, and then  
the required printer is automatically installed. You can also manually specify  
the printer driver to be installed.  
Note  
Since this machine is automatically detected with a network connection,  
be sure to set the IP address for this machine before connecting it. For  
the setting procedure, refer to “Setting the IP address for this machine”  
on page 3-4.  
When installing on Windows NT 4.0, 2000, XP, Server 2003, or Vista, ad-  
ministrator permissions are required.  
If the wizard starts up in order to add new hardware with a USB connec-  
tion, click [Cancel].  
When using IPPS printing, a certificate must be registered to this ma-  
chine. For details, refer to User’s Guide [PageScope Web Connection  
Operations].  
Installer operating environment  
Operating system  
Windows NT Workstation /Server Version4.0 (Service Pack 6 or later),  
Windows 2000 Professional/Server (Service Pack 3 or later), Windows XP  
Home Edition/Windows XP Professional, Windows XP Professional x64  
Edition, Windows Vista Home Basic/Home Premium/Ultimate/Business/  
Enterprise, Windows Vista Home Basic/Home Premium/Ultimate/Busi-  
ness/Enterprise x64 Edition, Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition,  
Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition  
Processor  
Memory  
Environment recommended for the operating system or higher  
Capacity recommended for the operating system  
With sufficient memory resources in the operating system and application  
being used  
*
With Windows NT 4.0, in order to install a machine that is connected directly to a network using  
the TCP/IP protocol, Microsoft TCP/IP Printing Services must first be installed on the computer  
being used.  
C550  
2-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Installing the printer driver  
To install the printer driver  
2
1
Insert the printer driver CD-ROM into the computer’s CD-ROM drive.  
Check that the installer starts up, and then continue with step 2.  
If the installer does not start up, open the printer driver folder on the  
CD-ROM, double-click “Setup.exe”, and then continue with step 3.  
2
Click “Printer Install”.  
When installing the printer driver under Windows Vista and the User  
Account Control dialog box appears, click the [Yes] button or the  
[Continue] button.  
The installation of the printer driver starts.  
3
Click the [AGREE] button if you agree with all terms and conditions of  
the license agreement.  
If you do not agree with the terms and conditions of the license  
agreement, the software cannot be installed.  
You can change the display language of the installer box in the low-  
er-left corner.  
You can change the language of the Installation License Agreement  
from the lower-right drop-down list.  
4
When the setup selection dialog box appears, click the [Install printers/  
MFPs] button, and then click the [Next] button.  
The connected printers and copiers are detected.  
C550  
2-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Installing the printer driver  
Select this machine, and then click the [Next] button.  
2
5
If the connection of this machine cannot be recognized, the ma-  
chine will not be listed. When this occurs, select “Specify the Print-  
er/MFP Except for the Above. (IP Address, Host Name)”, and then  
specify this machine directly.  
In addition to “Normal Printing”, “Internet Printing” (IPP) or “Secure  
Printing” (IPPS) can also be selected as the printing method. Se-  
cure Print (IPPS) can be used when SSL is enabled from Page-  
Scope Web Connection and IPP is enabled.  
For Windows Vista, an IPPS connection (security printing) cannot  
be set up using the installer. To set up an IPPS connection, use the  
Add Printer Wizard.  
6
Check the installation settings.  
To change the settings, click the [Installation Settings] button, and  
then continue with step 7.  
C550  
2-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installing the printer driver  
If not changing the settings, skip to step 8.  
2
7
Select the components to be installed, and then click the [OK] button.  
For details on the fax driver, refer to the User’s guide [Fax Driver  
Operations].  
8
Follow the on-screen instructions to complete the installation.  
Note  
When the Windows Logo Test, Windows Security or Digital Signature  
message appears, click the [Continue] button or the [Yes] button.  
Installing the printer driver using the Add Printer Wizard  
For details on installing the printer driver in a network environment, refer to  
“Setting up network printing” on page 3-1. Because it is necessary to specify  
other network settings in advance when installing the printer driver using a  
network connection, install it using a local connection at this time.  
C550  
2-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Installing the printer driver  
For Windows XP/Server 2003  
2
1
2
Insert the printer driver CD-ROM into the computer’s CD-ROM drive.  
Click the [Start] button, and then click “Printers and Faxes”.  
If “Printers and Faxes” does not appear in the Start menu, open the  
Control Panel from the Start menu, select “Printers and Other Hard-  
ware”, and then select “Printers and Faxes”.  
3
For Windows XP, click “Add a printer” on the “Printer Tasks” menu.  
For Windows Server 2003, double-click the “Add Printer” icon.  
Windows XP  
Windows Server 2003  
The Add Printer Wizard starts up.  
4
5
Click the [Next] button.  
Select “Local printer attached to this computer”, and then click the  
[Next] button.  
C550  
2-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Installing the printer driver  
2
Clear the “Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play print-  
er” check box.  
6
The Select a Printer Port dialog box appears. Select “LPT1” here, and  
then click the [Next] button.  
7
8
9
Click the [Have Disk] button.  
Click the [Browse] button.  
Specify the desired folder on the CD-ROM that contains the printer  
driver, and then click the [OK] button.  
Select the specified folder according to the printer driver to be  
used, the operating system, and the language.  
Printer drivers that can be selected:  
Windows XP/Server 2003: PCL driver, PS driver, Fax driver  
C550  
2-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installing the printer driver  
2
10 Click the [OK] button.  
The “Printers” list appears.  
11 Click the [Next] button.  
12 Follow the on-screen instructions.  
When the Digital Signature dialog box appears, click the [Continue  
Anyway] button.  
When using a network connection, perform a test print after the net-  
work settings have been specified.  
13 When installation is complete, make sure that the icon of the installed  
printer appears in the Printers and Faxes window.  
14 Remove the CD-ROM from the CD-ROM drive.  
This completes the printer driver installation.  
For Windows Vista  
1
2
3
Insert the printer driver CD-ROM into the computer’s CD-ROM drive.  
Click the [Start] button, and then click “Control Panel”.  
Click “Hardware and Sound”, and then click “Printers”.  
If the control panel is in the classic view, double-click “Printers”.  
The Printers window appears.  
C550  
2-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Installing the printer driver  
Click “Add a printer” on the toolbar.  
2
4
The “Add Printer” dialog box appears.  
Click “Add a local printer”.  
5
For details on installing the printer driver in a network environment,  
refer to “Setting up network printing” on page 3-1. Because it is  
necessary to specify other network settings in advance when in-  
stalling the printer driver using a network connection, install it using  
a local connection at this time.  
If an IP address is specified on this machine, the machine can be  
installed by retrieving it on the network by clicking “Add a network,  
wireless or Bluetooth printer”.  
The Choose a printer port dialog box appears.  
C550  
2-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installing the printer driver  
2
6
Select “LPT1: (Printer Port)” from “Use an existing port”, and then click  
the [Next] button.  
7
8
9
Click the [Have Disk] button.  
Click the [Browse] button.  
Specify the desired folder on the CD-ROM that contains the printer  
driver, and then click the [OK] button.  
Select the specified folder according to the printer driver to be used,  
the operating system, and the language.  
Printer drivers that can be selected:  
Windows Vista: PCL driver, PS driver, Fax driver  
10 Click the [OK] button.  
The “Printers” list appears.  
C550  
2-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installing the printer driver  
11 Select the printer to be installed, and then click the [Next] button.  
2
12 Follow the on-screen instructions.  
If the User Account Control dialog box appears, click the [Continue]  
button.  
If the Windows Security dialog box appears, click “Install this driver  
software anyway”.  
When using a network connection, perform a test print after the net-  
work settings have been specified.  
13 When installation is complete, make sure that the icon of the installed  
printer appears in the Printers window.  
14 Remove the CD-ROM from the CD-ROM drive.  
This completes the printer driver installation.  
C550  
2-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installing the printer driver  
When using Web service printing under Windows Vista  
In Windows Vista, you can retrieve and install a printer that is on the network  
that is compatible for Web service printing.  
!
Detail  
Be sure to specify the IP address from TCP/IP Settings on this machine.  
For the setting procedure, refer to “Setting the IP address for this ma-  
chine” on page 3-4.  
If using Web service printing, be sure to enable the print function from  
Web Service Settings on this machine. For details, refer to User’s Guide  
[PageScope Web Connection Operations].  
After installing the printer driver, be sure to delete any existing printer  
drivers for each package first when installing a different type of printer  
driver. For details, refer to “Uninstalling the printer driver” on page 2-21.  
When installing a printer driver in Windows Vista, the administrator per-  
missions are required.  
1
2
Turn the power of the machine on when it is connected to the network.  
Since the printer is retrieved during installation, leave the machine  
connected to the network.  
When using Web service printing, check that Network discovery is en-  
abled in Network and Sharing Center on the computer.  
3
4
Insert the printer driver CD-ROM into the computer’s CD-ROM drive.  
Click the [Start] button, and then click “Network”.  
The Network window appears and the computers and devices that are  
connected are located.  
5
Select the device name of this machine, and then click “Install” on the  
toolbar.  
If the User Account Control dialog box appears, click the [Continue]  
button.  
If the confirmation dialog box for whether to locate a device online  
appears, click “Do not search online”.  
The printer that was selected for Web service printing is located and  
the Found New Hardware dialog box appears.  
C550  
2-14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Installing the printer driver  
2
6
Click “Locate and install driver software (recommended)”.  
The locate method confirmation dialog box appears.  
Click “Browse my computer for driver software (advanced)”.  
Click the [Browse] button.  
7
8
9
Specify the desired folder on the CD-ROM that contains the printer  
driver, and then click the [Open] button.  
Select the specified folder according to the printer driver to be used,  
the operating system, and the language.  
Printer drivers that can be selected:  
Windows Vista: PCL driver, PS driver, Fax driver  
10 Click the [Next] button.  
11 Follow the on-screen instructions.  
If the User Account Control dialog box appears, click the [Continue]  
button.  
If the Windows Security dialog box appears, click “Install this driver  
software anyway”.  
12 Click the [Close] button.  
13 When installation is complete, make sure that the icon of the installed  
printer appears in the Printers window.  
14 Remove the CD-ROM from the CD-ROM drive.  
This completes the printer driver installation.  
!
Detail  
Installing with Web service printing can also be specified from the add  
port function in the Printers window. Specify “Web Service Device” by  
creating “Standard TCP/IP Port”.  
For Windows 2000/NT 4.0  
1
2
Insert the printer driver CD-ROM into the computer’s CD-ROM drive.  
Click the [Start] button, point to “Settings”, and then click “Printers”.  
The Printers window appears.  
C550  
2-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Installing the printer driver  
2
3
Double-click the “Add Printer” icon.  
The Add Printer Wizard starts up.  
4
5
Follow the on-screen instructions.  
In the screen for selecting the printer connection, select “Local Printer”.  
6
Click the [Next] button.  
If the screen for specifying the port appears, select “LPT1” here.  
7
8
9
Click the [Have Disk] button.  
Click the [Browse] button.  
Specify the desired folder on the CD-ROM that contains the printer  
driver, and then click the [OK] button.  
Select the specified folder according to the printer driver to be  
used, the operating system, and the language.  
Printer drivers that can be selected:  
Windows 2000: PCL driver, PS driver, Fax driver  
Windows NT 4.0: PCL driver, Fax driver  
C550  
2-16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installing the printer driver  
2
10 Click the [OK] button.  
The “Printers” list appears.  
11 Click the [Next] button.  
12 If the screen for specifying the port appears, select “LPT1” here.  
13 Follow the on-screen instructions.  
When the Digital Signature dialog box appears, click the [Yes] but-  
ton.  
When using a network connection, perform a test print after the net-  
work settings have been specified.  
14 When installation is complete, make sure that the icon of the installed  
printer appears in the Printers window.  
15 Remove the CD-ROM from the CD-ROM drive.  
This completes the printer driver installation.  
C550  
2-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installing the printer driver  
Installing the printer driver using Plug and Play  
For Windows 2000  
2
1
After using a USB cable to connect this machine to a computer, turn  
on the computer.  
Do not disconnect or connect the cable while the computer is start-  
ing up.  
2
3
Insert the printer driver CD-ROM into the computer’s CD-ROM drive.  
Turn the main power of this machine on.  
The Found New Hardware Wizard starts up.  
4
Select “Search for a suitable driver for my device (recommended)”, and  
then click the [Next] button.  
5
6
Select “Specify location”, and then click the [Next] button.  
Specify the desired folder on the CD-ROM that contains the printer  
driver, and then click the [OK] button.  
Select the specified folder according to the printer driver to be  
used, the operating system, and the language.  
Printer drivers that can be selected: Windows 2000: PCL driver, PS  
driver, Fax driver  
7
8
9
Click the [OK] button, and then follow the on-screen instructions.  
Click the [Finish] button.  
When installation is complete, make sure that the icon of the installed  
printer appears in the Printers window.  
10 Remove the CD-ROM from the CD-ROM drive.  
This completes the printer driver installation.  
C550  
2-18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Installing the printer driver  
For Windows XP/Server 2003  
2
1
After using a USB cable to connect this machine to a computer, turn  
the computer on.  
Do not disconnect or connect the cable while the computer is start-  
ing up.  
2
3
Insert the printer driver CD-ROM into the computer’s CD-ROM drive.  
Turn the main power of this machine on.  
If the Add New Hardware Wizard does not start up, turn the main  
power off, then on again.  
When turning the power off, then on again, wait at least 10 seconds  
before turning the power on again; otherwise, this machine may not  
function properly.  
The Found New Hardware Wizard dialog box appears.  
4
Select “Install from a list or specific location (Advanced)”, and then  
click the [Next] button.  
If the Windows connect to Windows Update dialog box appears,  
select “NO”.  
5
6
From “Search for the best driver in these locations”, select “Include this  
location in the search”, and then click the [Browse] button.  
Specify the desired folder on the CD-ROM that contains the printer  
driver, and then click the [OK] button.  
Select the specified folder according to the printer driver to be  
used, the operating system, and the language.  
Konica Minolta PCL Driver: Windows XP/Server 2003: PCL driver,  
PS driver, Fax driver  
7
Click the [Next] button, and then follow the on-screen instructions.  
When the Digital Signature dialog box appears, click the [Continue]  
button.  
8
9
Click the [Finish] button.  
When installation is complete, make sure that the icon of the installed  
printer appears in the Printers and Faxes window.  
10 Remove the CD-ROM from the CD-ROM drive.  
This completes the printer driver installation.  
C550  
2-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Installing the printer driver  
2
For Windows Vista  
1
After using a USB cable to connect this machine to a computer, turn  
the computer on.  
Do not disconnect or connect the cable while the computer is start-  
ing up.  
2
Turn the main power of this machine on.  
The Found New Hardware dialog box appears.  
If the Found New Hardware dialog box does not appear, turn the  
main power off, then on again.  
When turning the power off, then on again, wait at least 10 seconds  
before turning the power on again; otherwise, this machine may not  
function properly.  
3
Click “Locate and install driver software (recommended)”.  
The dialog box for requesting the CD-ROM appears.  
If the CD-ROM is not available, click “I don’t have the disk. Show  
me other options”. In the next dialog box, select “Browse my com-  
puter for driver software (advanced)”, and then select the desired  
printer driver folder.  
4
5
Insert the printer driver CD-ROM into the computer’s CD-ROM drive.  
The information on the CD-ROM is retrieved and a list of the software  
that is compatible for this machine appears.  
Specify the desired printer driver name, and then click the [Next] but-  
ton.  
Printer drivers that can be selected:  
Windows Vista: PCL driver, PS driver, Fax driver  
6
Follow the on-screen instructions.  
If the User Account Control dialog box appears, click the [Continue]  
button.  
If the Windows Security dialog box appears, click “Install this driver  
software anyway”.  
7
8
When the installation is complete, click the [Close] button.  
When installation is complete, make sure that the icon of the installed  
printer appears in the Printers window.  
9
Remove the CD-ROM from the CD-ROM drive.  
C550  
2-20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Installing the printer driver  
This completes the printer driver installation.  
Uninstalling the printer driver  
2
If it becomes necessary to delete the printer driver, for example, when you  
want to reinstall the printer driver, follow the procedure below to delete the  
driver.  
When the printer driver contains the delete function  
If the printer driver was installed with an installer, the delete function of the  
printer driver is included.  
1
2
Click the [Start] button, point to “All Programs” (or “Programs”), then to  
“KONICA MINOLTA”, and then click “bizhub C650_Series”-“Uninstall  
Printer Driver”.  
Select the components to be deleted, and then click the [Uninstall] but-  
ton. Follow the on-screen instructions.  
3
If the restart dialog box appears, click [OK] to restart the computer.  
C550  
2-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Installing the printer driver  
When the printer driver does not contain the delete function  
2
If the printer driver was not installed with an installer, the delete function of  
the printer driver is not included.  
1
For Windows 2000/NT 4.0, click the [Start] button, point to “Settings”,  
and then click “Printers”.  
For Windows XP/Server 2003, click the [Start] button, and then click  
“Printers and Faxes”.  
For Windows Vista, click the [Start] button, and then click “Control pan-  
el”, “Hardware and Sound”, and “Printers”.  
If “Printers and Faxes” does not appear in the Start menu in Win-  
dows XP/Server 2003, open the Control Panel from the Start menu,  
select “Printers and Other Hardware”, and then select “Printers and  
Faxes”.  
For Windows Vista, if the control panel is in the classic view, dou-  
ble-click “Printers”.  
2
3
4
In the Printers window (for Windows XP/Server 2003, Printers and Fax-  
es window), select the icon of the printer that you want to delete.  
Press the [Delete] key on the computer keyboard to delete the printer  
driver.  
Follow the on-screen instructions.  
When the printer driver has been deleted, the printer icon will dis-  
appear from the Printers window (for Windows XP/Server 2003,  
Printers and Faxes window).  
For Windows NT 4.0, this completes the uninstallation procedure.  
For Windows 2000/XP/Sever 2003/Vista, delete the driver from the  
server properties.  
5
Open “Server Properties”.  
For Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003, click the File menu, and then  
click “Server Properties”.  
For Windows Vista, right-click on the Printer dialog box, and then  
click Run as administrator - Server Properties.  
6
7
Click the Driver tab.  
Select the printer driver to be deleted from the Installed Printer Drivers  
list, and then click the [Delete] button.  
For Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003, proceed to step 9.  
For Windows Vista, continue with step 8.  
C550  
2-22  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Installing the printer driver  
2
8
9
Select “Remove driver and driver package” from the deletion confirma-  
tion dialog box, and then click the [OK] button.  
In the deletion confirmation dialog box, click the [Yes] button.  
In Windows Vista, the deletion confirmation dialog box is already  
displayed, therefore, click the [Delete] button.  
10 Close the Print Server Properties dialog box and Printers window (for  
Windows XP/Server 2003, Printers and Faxes window).  
11 Restart the computer.  
This completes the printer driver uninstallation procedure.  
Reminder  
Be sure to restart the computer.  
Note  
Even if the printer driver is deleted using the method described above,  
the model information file will remain in the computer for Windows 2000/  
XP/Server 2003. Therefore, the driver may not be able to be overwritten  
when reinstalling the same version of the printer driver. When installing  
the same version of the printer driver, be sure to also delete the files de-  
scribed below.  
Check the “C:\WINDOWS\system32\spool\drivers\w32x86” folder and  
delete the folder of the corresponding model if it is available. If the Konica  
Minolta PCL driver, the Konica Minolta PostScript driver, and the fax driv-  
er are all installed, the model information of all drivers is deleted. If anoth-  
er driver is remaining, do not delete it.  
Delete the “oem*.inf” and “oem*.PNF” files in the “C:\WINDOWS\inf”  
folder. (The asterisk (*) in the file name displays a number, and the  
number varies according to the environment of the computer.) Before de-  
leting the files, open the INF file, check that the model name is described  
in the last several lines, and then check that the file of the corresponding  
model is available. The PNF file is the same number as the INF file.  
In Windows Vista, if operated under “Remove driver and driver package”,  
this procedure is not necessary.  
C550  
2-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installing the printer driver  
2.3  
When used with Macintosh  
The installation procedure for the Macintosh printer driver differs depending  
on the Mac OS version and printer driver being used. Refer to the table below  
for the appropriate procedure for installing the printer driver on your Macin-  
tosh computer.  
Mac OS  
Printer driver  
Refer to  
Mac OS X 10.2, Mac PostScript PPD  
OS X 10.3, and Mac  
“Installing the printer driver” on page 2-24  
OS X 10.4  
Mac OS 9.2 or later PostScript PPD  
“Selecting a printer” on page 2-25  
Installing the printer driver  
For Mac OS X  
1
2
Turn the Macintosh computer on.  
Insert the printer driver CD-ROM into the computer’s CD-ROM drive.  
Quit all running applications that may have started when the Mac-  
intosh computer was turned on.  
3
4
Open the desired folder on the CD-ROM that contains the printer driv-  
er.  
Select the specified folder according to the printer driver to be used,  
the operating system, and the language.  
Select the Mac OS version being used, and then copy the drive file onto  
the desktop.  
Mac OS X 10.2: KONICAMINOLTA_C650_102.pkg  
Mac OS X 10.3: KONICAMINOLTA_C650_103.pkg  
Mac OS X 10.4: KONICAMINOLTA_C650_103.pkg  
5
6
Double-click the file copied onto the desktop.  
Enter the requested administrator’s name and password.  
For the administrator’s name and password, ask your network ad-  
ministrator.  
To quit the installation, click the [Cancel] button.  
Click the [Continue] button and follow the on-screen instructions until  
the Easy Install dialog box appears.  
C550  
2-24  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
Installing the printer driver  
2
7
In the Easy Install dialog box, click the [Install] button.  
From the second time the printer driver is installed and thereafter,  
the [Install] button may appear as the [Upgrade] button.  
The printer driver is installed onto the Macintosh computer. When in-  
stallation is complete, a message appears.  
8
Click the [Close] button.  
This completes the printer driver installation.  
Next, select a printer.  
Selecting a printer  
For Mac OS X  
After connecting this machine to a Macintosh computer, it can be used as a  
printer by selecting it in Print Center or Printer Setup Utility as the printer to  
be used.  
1
2
Open Print Center or Printer Setup Utility, located in “Applications” –  
“Utilities” of “Hard Disk”.  
When the Add Printer dialog box appears, click the [Add] button. When  
the printer list appears, click the [Add] button.  
For Mac OS X 10.4, continue with step 3.  
For Mac OS X 10.2 and Mac OS X 10.3, skip to step 4.  
If usable printers have already been set up, the Add Printer dialog  
box does not appear.  
C550  
2-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Installing the printer driver  
2
3
If this machine appears as a printer with a Bonjour connection, select  
“KONICA MINOLTA” from the “Print Using” drop-down list, select  
“KONICA MINOLTA C550 PS” in the model list, and then click the [Add]  
button.  
If the selected printer is registered in the printer list, this completes  
the setting procedure.  
When connecting with AppleTalk and this machine does not appear  
as a printer, click the [More Printers] button, and then continue with  
step 4.  
If connecting using Bonjour with Mac OS X 10.4, the Bonjour set-  
settings, refer to “Printing with Macintosh” on page 3-39.  
4
Select the applicable connection method and printer name.  
To specify an AppleTalk zone for an AppleTalk connection, select  
“Local AppleTalk Zone”.  
If connecting using AppleTalk, the AppleTalk settings on this ma-  
chine must be specified. For specifying the AppleTalk settings, re-  
fer to “Printing with Macintosh” on page 3-39.  
If connecting using Rendezvous, the Bonjour settings on this ma-  
chine must be specified. For specifying the Bonjour settings, refer  
to “Printing with Macintosh” on page 3-39.  
C550  
2-26  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installing the printer driver  
2
When “IPP” is selected as the protocol in IP Printer, the text box for  
entering the queue name appears. For Mac OS 10.3, leave the  
queue name text box empty. For Mac OS 10.4, enter “ipp” in the  
queue name text box.  
5
6
Select “KONICA MINOLTA” from the “Printer Model” drop-down list.  
Select “KONICA MINOLTA C550 PS”, and then click the [Add] button.  
The selected printer is registered in the printer list.  
For Mac OS 9.2  
After connecting this machine, it can be used as a printer by selecting “Post-  
Script printer” under “Chooser” and by specifying the printer description  
(PPD) File.  
First, copy the printer description (PPD) file onto the Macintosh computer.  
1
2
Insert the printer driver CD-ROM into the computer’s CD-ROM drive.  
Open the desired folder on the CD-ROM that contains the printer driv-  
er. Select the specified folder according to the printer driver to be used,  
the operating system, and the language.  
3
4
Select PPD file “KONICAMINOLTAC650UVxxx.ppd”, and then copy it  
into the “Printer Descriptions” folder in “System Folder” – “Extensions”  
of “Hard Disk”.  
Next, select a printer.  
The printer driver can use a standard Macintosh LaserWriter.  
On the Apple menu, click “Chooser”.  
C550  
2-27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Installing the printer driver  
2
5
6
Make sure that “AppleTalk” is set to “Active”, and then click the [Laser-  
Writer] icon.  
From the “Select a PostScript Printer” list, click the applicable printer  
for the printing system, and then click the [Create] button.  
If a different PPD file has already been selected, click the [Setup]  
button in step 6, and then click the [Select PPD] button from the  
screen that is already displayed.  
The PostScript printer description (PPD) file selection screen appears.  
7
Select the applicable PPD file, and then click the [Select] button or  
[Open] button.  
The setting screen for adding options appears.  
8
Select the options that are installed on this machine from the Options  
Installed 1 dialog box and the Options Installed 2 dialog box.  
9
Click the [OK] button.  
The Chooser window appears again.  
C550  
2-28  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installing the printer driver  
2
10 Close the Chooser window.  
Uninstalling the printer driver  
If it becomes necessary to delete the printer driver, for example, when you  
want to reinstall the printer driver, follow the procedure below to delete the  
driver.  
Note  
Quit all running applications that may have started when the Macintosh  
computer was turned on.  
For Mac OS X  
1
2
Open the Printer Setup Utility or Print Center, located in “Applications”  
– “Utilities” of “Hard Disk”.  
Select the name of the printer to be deleted, and then click the [Delete]  
button.  
The selected printer is deleted.  
3
4
Close the printer list.  
Drag the following file, which is located in “Library” – “Printers” –  
“PPDs” – “Contents” – “Resources” – “en.lproj” of “Hard Disk”, to the  
“Trash” icon.  
“KONICA MINOLTA C650.gz”  
5
6
Delete the unnecessary files from “Library”–“Printers”.  
Drag the “C650” folder, which is located in “Library” – “Printers” –  
“KONICAMINOLTA”, to the “Trash” icon.  
For Mac OS 10.2, drag all the “KONICA MINOLTA C650” folders, which  
are located in “Library” – “Printers” – “PPD Plugins”, to the “Trash”  
icon.  
Restart the computer.  
This completes the printer driver uninstallation procedure.  
C550  
2-29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Installing the printer driver  
2
For Mac OS 9.2  
1
Drag PPD file “KONICAMINOLTAC650UVxxx.ppd”, which is located in  
“System Folder” – “Extensions” – “Printer Descriptions” of “Hard Disk”,  
to the “Trash” icon.  
The related printer driver files are deleted.  
2
Restart the computer.  
This completes the printer driver uninstallation procedure.  
C550  
2-30  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Setting up network printing  
3
3
Setting up network printing  
3.1  
Overview of network functions  
Network functions  
By connecting this machine to a network through the Ethernet port, this  
printing system can be used as a network printer.  
Printing system  
Ethernet  
This machine  
Network  
Hub  
This printing system supports 10Base-T, 100Base-TX and 1000Base-T  
standards. In addition, the Ethernet interface supports the TCP/IP (LDP/LPR,  
IPP, SMB), IPX/SPX (NetWare), and AppleTalk (EtherTalk) protocols.  
Note  
When setting up the network, the administrator password is required to  
enter Administrator mode.  
Ask the administrator of this machine for the administrator password.  
C550  
3-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Setting up network printing  
Features of the network functions  
3
This printing system is equipped with the following network functions to flex-  
ibly support various network environments.  
-
Automatic selection of 10Base-T, 100Base-TX or 1000Base-T (Fast Eth-  
ernet)  
-
-
Obtains the IP address automatically from DHCP or BOOTP  
Printing with SMB printing (Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003/Vista)  
You can print with SMB in Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Server  
2003, or Windows Vista.  
-
Printing with LPR printing (Windows NT 4.0/2000/XP/Server 2003/Vista)  
You can print with LPD/LPR in Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000, Win-  
dows XP, Windows Server 2003, or Windows Vista.  
LPR (Line Printer Request): This print request system can be used under  
Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Server 2003, or  
Windows Vista. Enter the queue name as “Print”.  
-
Printing with Port 9100 (Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003/Vista)  
You can print with Port 9100 in Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows  
Server 2003, or Windows Vista.  
-
-
Supports Novell NetWare PServer and Rprinter (Nprinter)  
Supports the Novell NetWare print server functions and supports both  
bindery mode and Novell Directory Service (NDS)  
With NetWare  
The Novell NetWare 4.x–6 print server functions are supported.  
You can connect this printing system to a network using Novell NetWare 4.x–  
6 as the network operating system and send print jobs from the client to the  
print server (network controller). The three modes supported are as follows:  
-
-
-
Nprinter  
PServer  
NDS/NDPS  
Note  
For details on the NetWare functions, refer to the NetWare operation  
manual.  
With Macintosh  
You can print from your Macintosh computer using LPR, AppleTalk, or Bon-  
jour/Rendezvous.  
You can also connect this printing system to a print server in an AppleTalk or  
a Bonjour/Rendezvous environment and send print jobs from the Macintosh  
computer to this machine.  
C550  
3-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up network printing  
3
Network connection methods that can be selected in each Windows op-  
erating system  
This chapter describes the settings that must be specified for network print-  
ing.  
Setting procedures differ depending on the method of networking printing  
used (SMB, LPR, or IPP printing). Select the best method of network printing  
for your Windows environment.  
Network printing from a Windows operating system  
Protocol  
used  
Windows  
2000  
Windows XP Windows NT Windows  
4.0  
Server 2003  
SMB printing TCP/IP, Net-  
o
o
LPR printing  
IPP printing  
TCP/IP  
TCP/IP  
TCP/IP  
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
Port 9100  
printing  
Reminder  
Before setting up network printing, install the printer driver. For details on  
installing the printer driver, refer to “Installing the printer driver” on  
page 2-1.  
To perform network printing, change the printer port for the installed  
printer driver to one for a network connection, and then change the set-  
tings on this machine as necessary.  
For an IPP connection, it is necessary to install the printer driver first.  
Network printing in a NetWare environment  
NetWare version  
NetWare 4.x  
Protocol used  
Emulation  
NDS/Bindery  
NDS  
Service mode  
PServer/Nprinter  
PServer  
IPX  
NetWare 5.x/6  
IPX  
TCP/IP  
NDPS(lpr)  
C550  
3-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Setting up network printing  
3
3.2  
Setting the IP address for this machine  
Use this machine’s control panel to assign an IP address to this machine.  
Reminder  
When specifying network settings, follow the instructions of the network  
administrator.  
1
Press the [Utility/Counter] key in this machine’s control panel, touch  
[Administrator Settings], and then enter the administrator password.  
The administrator password is required to enter Administrator  
mode. Ask the administrator of this machine for the administrator  
password.  
2
3
Touch [Network Settings], then [TCP/IP Settings].  
Touch [ON].  
4
Touch [IP Settings].  
C550  
3-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Setting up network printing  
Touch [Manual Input] under “IP Application Method”.  
3
5
6
Specify settings for the following:  
IP Address: Specify the IP address of this machine.  
Subnet Mask: Specify the subnet mask for the network to which  
you are connecting.  
Default Gateway: Specify the default gateway address for the net-  
work to which you are connecting.  
7
8
Touch [OK].  
To apply the settings, restart this machine (turn the main power off,  
then on again).  
Turn this machine back on to apply the IP address.  
Reminder  
When turning the power off, then on again, wait at least 10 seconds be-  
fore turning the power on again; otherwise, this machine may not function  
properly.  
C550  
3-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up network printing  
3
!
Detail  
Although the method for entering a static IP address without using the  
DHCP server is described in the procedure here, it is also possible to au-  
tomatically assign the IP address from the DHCP server. When “IP Appli-  
cation Method” is specified as “Auto Input” and “DHCP Settings” is set  
to “ON” in the setting screen that is displayed, the IP address, subnet  
mask, and gateway address settings are automatically assigned from the  
DHCP server on the network, so it is not necessary to assign them man-  
ually. However, note the following when setting “DHCP Settings” to  
“ON”.  
Check with the network administrator that the DHCP server exists. If the  
DHCP server does not exist, be sure to specify settings for “IP Address”,  
“Subnet Mask”, and “Default Gateway”.  
If the settings for the IP address and other items have been assigned us-  
ing the DHCP server, there is a possibility that they may be automatically  
changed. When the settings for the IP address and other items are  
changed, if the IP address has been used to specify a printer on the net-  
work for printing, there is a possibility that printing may not be possible  
because this machine cannot communicate with the network. If “DHCP  
Settings” has been set to “ON”, it is recommended that the IP address  
assigned to this machine be fixed in the DHCP server settings.  
C550  
3-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up network printing  
3
3.3  
Accessing PageScope Web Connection  
Setting the IP address for this machine enables you to access PageScope  
Web Connection.  
With PageScope Web Connection, you can change the network settings of  
this machine from a computer.  
Use your Web browser to directly access PageScope Web Connection.  
1
2
Start up the Web browser.  
In the “Address” bar, enter the IP address for this machine as shown  
below, and then press the [Enter] key.  
http://<IP_address_for_this_machine>/  
Example: If the IP address for this machine is 192.168.1.20  
http://192.168.1.20/  
If IPv6 is enabled and a Web browser other than Internet Explorer  
is used, enter the IPv6 address enclosed in brackets to access Pa-  
geScope Web Connection.  
http://[IPv6_address_for_this_machine]/  
Example: If the IPv6 address for this machine is  
fe80::220:6bff:fe10:2f16  
http://[fe80::220:6bff:fe10:2f16]/  
If IPv6 is enabled and Internet Explorer is used, edit the hosts file to  
note “fe80::220:6bff:fe10:2f16IPv6 IPv6_MFP_1” and specify the  
URL according to the domain name.  
The initial page of PageScope Web Connection appears.  
For further details on PageScope Web Connection, refer to the User’s Guide  
[Page Scope Web Connection Operations].  
Note  
If the user authentication function is enabled, you must enter a user name  
and password.  
C550  
3-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up network printing  
3
3.4  
SMB printing  
You can use SMB printing (Windows printing) to print directly over the Micro-  
soft network from computers running Windows.  
Operations on this machine  
Set the IP address for this machine. For the setting procedure, refer to “Set-  
ting the IP address for this machine” on page 3-4.  
Next, specify the SMB print settings for this machine as described below.  
Note  
The settings can also be specified from PageScope Web Connection.  
1
Press the [Utility/Counter] key in this machine’s control panel, touch  
[Administrator Settings], and then enter the administrator password.  
The administrator password is required to enter Administrator  
mode. Ask the administrator of this machine for the administrator  
password.  
2
3
Touch [Network Settings], [SMB Settings], then [Print Settings].  
Touch [ON].  
4
Specify settings for the following. After specifying the settings, touch  
[OK].  
NetBIOS Name: Specify the NetBIOS name (up to 15 characters).  
Print Service Name: Specify the printing service name (up to 12  
characters).  
Workgroup: Specify the work group name (up to 15 characters).  
C550  
3-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Setting up network printing  
To apply the settings, restart this machine (turn the main power off,  
3
5
then on again).  
Reminder  
When turning the power off, then on again, wait at least 10 seconds be-  
fore turning the power on again; otherwise, this machine may not function  
properly.  
Printer driver settings  
1
For Windows 2000, click the [Start] button, point to “Settings”, and  
then click “Printers”.  
For Windows XP/Server 2003, click the [Start] button, and then click  
“Printers and Faxes”.  
For Windows Vista, click the [Start] button, and then click “Control pan-  
el”, “Hardware and Sound”, and “Printers”.  
If “Printers and Faxes” does not appear in the Start menu in Win-  
dows XP/Server 2003, open the Control Panel from the Start menu,  
select “Printers and Other Hardware”, and then select “Printers and  
Faxes”.  
For Windows Vista, if the control panel is in the classic view, dou-  
ble-click “Printers”.  
2
3
Right-click the icon of the installed printer, and then click “Properties”.  
Click the [Add Port] button on the Ports tab, double-click “Local Port”  
or select “Local Port” and click the [New Port] button, and then enter  
“\\<NetBIOS_name>\<printing_service_name>”.  
Enter the same NetBIOS name and print service name that you en-  
tered for the SMB print settings for this machine. For the setting  
procedure, refer to “Operations on this machine” on page 3-8.  
4
Click the [Close] button to apply the setting.  
C550  
3-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Setting up network printing  
3
3.5  
LPR printing  
The LPR print service is supported as standard in Windows 2000, Windows  
XP, Windows NT 4.0, Windows Server 2003, and Windows Vista. TCP/IP is  
used as the network protocol.  
Operations on this machine  
Set the IP address for this machine. For the setting procedure, refer to “Set-  
ting the IP address for this machine” on page 3-4.  
Printer driver settings  
For Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003/Vista  
1
For Windows 2000, click the [Start] button, point to “Settings”, and  
then click “Printers”.  
For Windows XP/Server 2003, click the [Start] button, and then click  
“Printers and Faxes”.  
For Windows Vista, click the [Start] button, and then click “Control pan-  
el”, “Hardware and Sound”, and “Printers”.  
If “Printers and Faxes” does not appear in the Start menu in Win-  
dows XP/Server 2003, open the Control Panel from the Start menu,  
select “Printers and Other Hardware”, and then select “Printers and  
Faxes”.  
For Windows Vista, if the control panel is in the classic view, dou-  
ble-click “Printers”.  
2
3
4
Right-click the icon of the installed printer, and then click “Properties”.  
On the Ports tab, click the [Add Port] button.  
In the “Available Printer Ports” list, select “Standard TCP/IP Port”, and  
then click the [New Port] button.  
5
6
When the Add Standard TCP/IP Printer Port Wizard starts up, click the  
[Next] button.  
In the “Name of printer or IP address” box, enter the IP address for this  
machine, and then click the [Next] button.  
7
8
Select “Custom”, and then click the [Settings] button.  
Select “LPR”, enter “Print” in the “Queue Name” box, and then click the  
[OK] button.  
The uppercase letters and lowercase letters must be entered correctly.  
C550  
3-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Setting up network printing  
3
9
Click the [Next] button, and then click the [Finish] button to apply the  
setting.  
For Windows NT 4.0  
1
2
3
4
Click the [Start] button, point to “Settings”, and then click “Printers”.  
Right-click the icon of the installed printer, and then click “Properties”.  
On the Ports tab, click the [Add Port] button.  
In the “Available Printer Ports” list, select “LPR Port”, and then click the  
[New Port] button.  
If “LPR Port” is not in the list, click the [Start] button, point to “Con-  
trol Panel”, and then click “Network”. Then, on the Service tab, click  
the [Add] button and install the Microsoft TCP/IP Printing Services.  
5
6
In the “Name or address of server providing lpd” box on the Add LPR  
Compatible Printer dialog box, enter the IP address for this machine.  
In the “Name of printer or print queue on that server” box, enter “Print”.  
The uppercase letters and lowercase letters must be entered correctly.  
7
Click the [OK] button to apply the setting.  
!
Detail  
If LPD printing is not used with the LPD setting, printing cannot be per-  
formed. To specify the LPD settings, refer to User’s Guide [PageScope  
Web Connection Operations].  
C550  
3-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Setting up network printing  
3
3.6  
Port 9100 printing (Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003/  
Vista)  
The Port 9100 print service is supported as standard in Windows 2000, Win-  
dows XP, Windows Server 2003, and Windows Vista. TCP/IP is used as the  
network protocol.  
Operations on this machine  
Set the IP address for this machine. For the setting procedure, refer to “Set-  
ting the IP address for this machine” on page 3-4.  
Printer driver settings (Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003/Vista)  
When using Port 9100 to print, change the printer driver port to the Port 9100  
port.  
1
For Windows 2000, click the [Start] button, point to “Settings”, and  
then click “Printers”.  
For Windows XP/Server 2003, click the [Start] button, and then click  
“Printers and Faxes”.  
For Windows Vista, click the [Start] button, and then click “Control pan-  
el”, “Hardware and Sound”, and “Printers”.  
If “Printers and Faxes” does not appear in the Start menu in Win-  
dows XP/Server 2003, open the Control Panel from the Start menu,  
select “Printers and Other Hardware”, and then select “Printers and  
Faxes”.  
For Windows Vista, if the control panel is in the classic view, dou-  
ble-click “Printers”.  
2
3
4
Right-click the icon of the installed printer, and then click “Properties”.  
On the Ports tab, click the [Add Port] button.  
In the “Available Printer Ports” list, select “Standard TCP/IP Port”, and  
then click the [New Port] button.  
5
6
When the Add Standard TCP/IP Printer Port Wizard starts up, click the  
[Next] button.  
In the “Name of printer or IP address” box, enter the IP address for this  
machine, and then click the [Next] button.  
7
8
Select “Custom”, and then click the [Settings] button.  
Select “RAW”, and then enter the RAW port number (the default setting  
is “9100”) in the “Port Number” box.  
C550  
3-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Setting up network printing  
3
9
Click the [Next] button, and then click the [Finish] button to apply the  
setting.  
Note  
If the RAW port is not specified to be used in the TCP/IP setting, printing  
cannot be performed.  
To specify the RAW port settings, refer to User’s Guide [PageScope Web  
Connection Operations].  
C550  
3-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up network printing  
3
3.7  
IPP printing (Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003/Vista)  
The IPP (Internet Printing Protocol) print service is supported as standard in  
Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Server 2003, and Windows Vista.  
TCP/IP is used as the network protocol.  
Operations on this machine  
Set the IP address for this machine. For the setting procedure, refer to “Set-  
ting the IP address for this machine” on page 3-4.  
Next, specify the IPP settings for this machine as described below.  
Note  
The settings can also be specified from PageScope Web Connection.  
1
Press the [Utility/Counter] key in this machine’s control panel, touch  
[Administrator Settings], and then enter the administrator password.  
The administrator password is required to enter Administrator  
mode. Ask the administrator of this machine for the administrator  
password.  
2
3
Touch [Network Settings], then [HTTP Server Settings].  
Touch [ON]. After specifying the settings, touch [Forward].  
C550  
3-14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Setting up network printing  
Touch [ON] under “IPP Settings” and “Accept IPP Jobs”.  
3
4
5
Touch [Printer Information], and then specify settings for the following.  
After specifying the settings, touch [Close].  
Printer Name: Specify the printer name (up to 127 characters).  
Printer Location: Specify the printer location (up to 127 characters).  
Printer Information: Specify the printer manufacturer details (up to  
127 characters).  
C550  
3-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up network printing  
3
6
Touch [Support Information], and then specify the print operations sup-  
ported by IPP. After specifying the settings, touch [OK].  
7
8
Touch [Forward].  
Specify settings for the following. After specifying the settings, touch  
[Forward].  
IPP Authentication Settings: Select [ON].  
Authentication Method: Select the IPP authentication method.  
C550  
3-16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up network printing  
3
9
Specify the user name and password. After specifying the settings,  
touch [OK].  
10 To apply the settings, restart this machine (turn the main power off,  
then on again).  
Reminder  
When turning the power off, then on again, wait at least 10 seconds be-  
fore turning the power on again; otherwise, this machine may not function  
properly.  
!
Detail  
When using IPPS printing, a certificate must be registered to this ma-  
chine. For details, refer to User’s Guide [PageScope Web Connection  
Operations].  
Installing the printer driver (Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003)  
For IPP printing, reinstall the printer driver.  
1
2
Insert the printer driver CD-ROM into the computer’s CD-ROM drive.  
For Windows 2000, click the [Start] button, point to “Settings”, and  
then click “Printers”.  
For Windows XP/Server 2003, click the [Start] button, and then click  
“Printers and Faxes”.  
If “Printers and Faxes” does not appear in the Start menu in Win-  
dows XP/Server 2003, open the Control Panel from the Start menu,  
select “Printers and Other Hardware”, and then select “Printers and  
Faxes”.  
C550  
3-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Setting up network printing  
3
3
For Windows 2000/Server 2003, double-click the “Add Printer” icon.  
For Windows XP, click “Add a printer” on the “Printer Tasks” menu.  
The Add Printer Wizard starts up.  
4
5
Click the [Next] button.  
In the Local or Network Printer dialog box, select “Network printer”,  
and then click the [Next] button.  
6
7
In the Locate Your Printer dialog box, select “Connect to a printer on  
the Internet or on your intranet”.  
In the “URL” field, enter the URL for this machine in the following for-  
mat, and then click the [Next] button.  
http://<IP_address_for_this_machine>/ipp  
Example: If the IP address for this machine is 192.168.1.20  
http://192.168.1.20/ipp  
8
9
When the confirmation dialog box appears, click the [OK] button.  
Click the [Have Disk] button.  
10 Specify the desired folder on the CD-ROM that contains the printer  
driver, and then click the [OK] button. Select the specified folder ac-  
cording to the printer driver to be used, the operating system, and the  
language.  
Printer drivers that can be selected:  
Windows XP/Server 2003: PCL driver, PS driver  
11 Check that the printer name is displayed in the “Printers” list, and then  
click the [Next] button.  
12 Select whether to set the printer as the default printer, and then click  
the [Next] button.  
13 Click the [Finish] button to exit the Add Printer Wizard.  
Once the settings for the printer have been specified, you can use the printer  
in the same way as a default local printer. Also, if you set up the printer for  
sharing in Windows, it can be used as a network printer by other Windows  
computers over the network.  
C550  
3-18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up network printing  
Installing the printer driver (Windows Vista)  
3
1
2
3
Insert the printer driver CD-ROM into the computer’s CD-ROM drive.  
Click the [Start] button, and then click “Control Panel”.  
Click “Hardware and Sound”, and then click “Printers”.  
If the control panel is in the classic view, double-click “Printers”.  
The Printers window appears.  
4
5
Click “Add a printer” on the toolbar.  
The “Add Printer” dialog box appears.  
Click “Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer”.  
The printer that is connected is located.  
6
7
In the dialog box of the located printer, click “The printer that I want  
isn’t Listed”.  
In the “Select a shared printer by name” text box, enter the URL for this  
machine in the following format, and then click the [Next] button.  
http:// <IP_address_for_this_machine> /ipp  
Example: If the IP address for this machine is 192.168.1.20  
http://192.168.1.20/ipp  
If specifying settings for IPPS printing, enter “https://  
<host_name>.<domain_name>/ipp”. For the <host_name> and  
<domain name>, specify the name that was registered in using  
DNS server.  
If the certificate of this machine is not issued by a certificate author-  
ity, it is necessary to register the certificate of the machine in Win-  
dows Vista as a certificate of the Trusted Publishers for the  
Computer account. When the certificate is registered to this ma-  
chine, check that <host_name> and <domain_name> is displayed  
in common name of the certificate.  
8
9
Click the [Have Disk] button.  
Click the [Browse] button.  
10 Specify the desired folder on the CD-ROM that contains the printer  
driver, and then click the [OK] button.  
Select the specified folder according to the printer driver to be used,  
the operating system, and the language.  
C550  
3-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Setting up network printing  
3
Printer drivers that can be selected:  
Windows Vista: PCL driver, PS driver, Fax driver  
11 Click the [OK] button.  
The “Printers” list appears.  
12 Click the [Next] button.  
13 Follow the on-screen instructions.  
If the User Account Control dialog box appears, click the [Continue]  
button.  
If Verify the publisher in the Windows Security dialog box appears,  
click “Install this driver software anyway”.  
14 Click the [Finish] button.  
15 When installation is complete, make sure that the icon of the installed  
printer appears in the Printers window.  
16 Remove the CD-ROM from the CD-ROM drive.  
This completes the printer driver installation.  
Once the settings for the printer have been specified, you can use the printer  
in the same way as a default local printer. Also, if you set up the printer for  
sharing in Windows, it can be used as a network printer by other Windows  
computers over the network.  
C550  
3-20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up network printing  
3
3.8  
Printing with NetWare  
The printer controller supports the following environments.  
Network printing in a NetWare environment  
NetWare version  
NetWare 4.x  
Protocol used  
Emulation  
NDS/Bindery  
NDS  
Service mode  
PServer/Nprinter  
PServer  
IPX  
NetWare 5.x/6  
IPX  
TCP/IP  
NDPS(lpr)  
For Remote Printer mode with NetWare 4.x bindery emulation  
Note  
Before using bindery emulation, check that bindery emulation is compat-  
ible with the NetWare server.  
1
Log on to NetWare as Bindery under the administrator authority from a  
client computer.  
2
3
Start up Pconsole.  
From the “Available Options” list, select “Quick Setup”, and then click  
the [Enter] button.  
4
Enter the appropriate names in the “Printer Server Name”, “Printer  
Name”, and “Print Queue Name” fields, select “Other/Unknown” from  
the “Printer type” field, and then save the specified settings.  
5
6
Click the [Esc] button to quit Pconsole.  
Use the NetWare server console to load PSERVER.NLM.  
!
Detail  
For queue user privileges, printer notification options, assignment of mul-  
tiple queues, and passwords, refer to the NetWare documentation, and  
specify the settings as necessary.  
Next, specify the NetWare settings for this machine as described below.  
C550  
3-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Setting up network printing  
3
Note  
The settings can also be specified from PageScope Web Connection.  
1
2
Press the [Utility/Counter] key in this machine’s control panel, touch  
[Administrator Settings], and then enter the administrator password.  
The administrator password is required to enter Administrator  
mode. Ask the administrator of this machine for the administrator  
password.  
Touch [Network Settings], then [NetWare Settings].  
3
Touch [IPX Settings], and then specify settings for the following. After  
specifying the settings, touch [Close].  
IPX Setting: Select [ON].  
Ethernet Frame Type: Select “Auto Detect”. (Select the frame type  
according to the network environment.)  
C550  
3-22  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up network printing  
3
4
In the NetWare Settings screen, touch [NetWare Print Settings], and  
then specify settings for the following.  
NetWare Print Settings: Select [ON].  
NetWare Print Mode: Select [Nprinter/Rprinter].  
5
Specify settings for the following. After specifying the settings, touch  
[Close].  
Print Server Name: Specify the Print Server Name.  
Printer Number: Specify the printer number (0 to 254), or select [Au-  
to].  
6
Touch [Close].  
C550  
3-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up network printing  
3
7
In the NetWare Settings screen, touch [User Authentication Setting  
(NDS)], and then specify settings for the following. After specifying the  
settings, touch [Close].  
User Authentication Setting (NDS): Select [ON]. (Depending on the  
network environment, select [OFF].)  
8
9
In the NetWare Settings screen, touch [Close].  
Restart this machine (turn the main power off, then on again).  
10 Use the NetWare server console to display the print server screen, and  
then check that the created printer is shown as “Waiting for Job” for  
the connected printer (0).  
Reminder  
When turning the power off, then on again, wait at least 10 seconds be-  
fore turning the power on again; otherwise, this machine may not function  
properly.  
For Print Server mode with NetWare 4.x bindery emulation  
Note  
Before using bindery emulation, check that bindery emulation is compat-  
ible with the NetWare server.  
1
2
Log on to NetWare as Bindery under the administrator authority from a  
client computer.  
Start up Pconsole.  
C550  
3-24  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up network printing  
3
3
4
From the “Available Options” list, select “Quick Setup”, and then click  
the [Enter] button.  
Enter the appropriate names in the “Printer Server Name”, “Printer  
Name”, and “Print Queue Name” fields, select “Other/Unknown” from  
the “Printer type” field, and then save the specified settings.  
5
Click the [Esc] button to quit Pconsole.  
Next, specify the NetWare settings for this machine as described below.  
Note  
The settings can also be specified from PageScope Web Connection.  
1
2
Press the [Utility/Counter] key in this machine’s control panel, touch  
[Administrator Settings], and then enter the administrator password.  
The administrator password is required to enter Administrator  
mode. Ask the administrator of this machine for the administrator  
password.  
Touch [Network Settings], then [NetWare Settings].  
C550  
3-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up network printing  
3
3
Touch [IPX Settings], and then specify settings for the following. After  
specifying the settings, touch [Close].  
IPX Setting: Select [ON].  
Ethernet Frame Type: Select “Auto Detect”. (Select the frame type  
according to the network environment.)  
4
In the NetWare Settings screen, touch [NetWare Print Settings], and  
then specify settings for the following. After the NetWare print mode is  
selected, the screen switches automatically.  
NetWare Print Settings: Select [ON].  
NetWare Print Mode: Select [PServer].  
C550  
3-26  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up network printing  
3
5
6
7
Specify settings for the following. After specifying the settings, touch  
[Forward].  
Print Server Name: Specify the print server name created with  
Pconsole.  
Print Server Password: Specify only when setting from the NetWare  
server.  
Polling Interval: Specify 1. (Change as necessary.)  
NDS/Bindery Setting: Select [NDS & Bindery].  
Specify settings for the following. After specifying the settings, touch  
[Close].  
File Server Name: Specify the name of the file server that connects  
to the PServer.  
NDS Context Name: Specify the name of the context that connects  
to the PServer.  
NDS Tree Name: Specify the name of the tree that PServer logs on  
to.  
Touch [Close].  
C550  
3-27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up network printing  
In the NetWare Settings screen, touch [User Authentication Setting  
3
8
(NDS)], and then specify settings for the following. After specifying the  
settings, touch [Close].  
User Authentication Setting (NDS): Select [ON]. (Depending on the  
network environment, select [OFF].)  
9
In the NetWare Settings screen, touch [Close].  
10 Restart this machine (turn the main power off, then on again).  
11 Use the NetWare server console to load MONITOR.NLM.  
12 Select the connection information and, in the active connection col-  
umn, check that the created PServer is connected.  
Reminder  
When turning the power off, then on again, wait at least 10 seconds be-  
fore turning the power on again; otherwise, this machine may not function  
properly.  
For NetWare 4.x Remote Printer mode (NDS)  
1
2
3
Log on to NetWare as an administrator from a client computer.  
Start up NWadmin.  
Select either the organization or organizational unit container that of-  
fers the print service, and then click “Print Services Quick Setup” on  
the “Tools” menu.  
C550  
3-28  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up network printing  
3
4
Enter the appropriate names in the “Printer Server Name”, “Printer  
Name”, “Print Queue Name”, and “Print Queue Volume” fields, select  
“Other/Unknown” from the “Printer type” field, and then save the spec-  
ified settings.  
!
Detail  
For queue user privileges, printer notification options, assignment of mul-  
tiple queues, and passwords, refer to the NetWare documentation, and  
specify the settings as necessary.  
Next, specify the NetWare settings for this machine as described below.  
Note  
The settings can also be specified from PageScope Web Connection.  
1
2
Press the [Utility/Counter] key in this machine’s control panel, touch  
[Administrator Settings], and then enter the administrator password.  
The administrator password is required to enter Administrator  
mode. Ask the administrator of this machine for the administrator  
password.  
Touch [Network Settings], then [NetWare Settings].  
C550  
3-29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up network printing  
3
3
Touch [IPX Settings], and then specify settings for the following. After  
specifying the settings, touch [Close].  
IPX Setting: Select [ON].  
Ethernet Frame Type: Select “Auto Detect”. (Select the frame type  
according to the network environment.)  
4
In the NetWare Settings screen, touch [NetWare Print Settings], and  
then specify settings for the following. After the NetWare print mode is  
selected, the screen switches automatically.  
NetWare Print Settings: Select [ON].  
NetWare Print Mode: Select [Nprinter/Rprinter].  
C550  
3-30  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up network printing  
3
5
Specify settings for the following. After specifying the settings, touch  
[Close].  
Print Server Name: Specify the Print Server Name.  
Printer Number: Specify the printer number (0 to 254), or select [Au-  
to].  
6
7
Touch [Close].  
In the NetWare Settings screen, touch [User Authentication Setting  
(NDS)], and then specify settings for the following. After specifying the  
settings, touch [Close].  
User Authentication Setting (NDS): Select [ON]. (Depending on the  
network environment, select [OFF].)  
8
9
In the NetWare Settings screen, touch [Close].  
Restart this machine (turn the main power off, then on again).  
10 Use the NetWare server console to load PSERVER.NLM.  
C550  
3-31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up network printing  
3
11 Use the NetWare server console to display the print server screen, and  
then check that “C550” (created printer) is shown as “Waiting for Job”  
for the connected printer (0).  
Reminder  
When turning the power off, then on again, wait at least 10 seconds be-  
fore turning the power on again; otherwise, this machine may not function  
properly.  
For NetWare 4.x/5.x/6 Print Server mode (NDS)  
Note  
To use the Print Server mode, the IPX protocol must be loaded on the  
NetWare server.  
1
2
3
Log on to NetWare as an administrator from a client computer.  
Start up NWadmin.  
Select either the organization or organizational unit container that of-  
fers the print service, and then click “Print Services Quick Setup (non-  
NDPS)” on the “Tools” menu.  
4
Enter the appropriate names in the “Printer Server Name”, “Printer  
Name”, “Print Queue Name”, and “Print Queue Volume” fields, select  
“Other/Unknown” from the “Printer Type” field, and then click the [Cre-  
ate] button.  
!
Detail  
For queue user privileges, printer notification options, assignment of mul-  
tiple queues, and passwords, refer to the NetWare documentation, and  
specify the settings as necessary.  
Next, specify the NetWare settings for this machine as described below.  
Note  
The settings can also be specified from PageScope Web Connection.  
C550  
3-32  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up network printing  
3
1
Press the [Utility/Counter] key in this machine’s control panel, touch  
[Administrator Settings], and then enter the administrator password.  
The administrator password is required to enter Administrator  
mode. Ask the administrator of this machine for the administrator  
password.  
2
Touch [Network Settings], then [NetWare Settings].  
3
Touch [IPX Settings], and then specify settings for the following. After  
specifying the settings, touch [Close].  
IPX Setting: Select [ON].  
Ethernet Frame Type: Select “Auto Detect”. (Select the frame type  
according to the network environment.)  
C550  
3-33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up network printing  
In the NetWare Settings screen, touch [NetWare Print Settings], and  
3
4
then specify settings for the following. After the NetWare print mode is  
selected, the screen switches automatically.  
NetWare Print Settings: Select [ON].  
NetWare Print Mode: Select [PServer].  
5
Specify settings for the following. After specifying the settings, touch  
[Close].  
Print Server Name: Specify the print server name created in NWad-  
min.  
Print Server Password: Specify only when setting from the NetWare  
server.  
Polling Interval: Specify 1. (Change as necessary.)  
NDS/Bindery Setting: Select [NDS].  
C550  
3-34  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up network printing  
3
6
Specify settings for the following. After specifying the settings, touch  
[Close].  
File Server Name: Specify the name of the file server that connects  
to the PServer.  
NDS Context Name: Specify the name of the context that connects  
to the PServer.  
NDS Tree Name: Specify the name of the tree that PServer logs on  
to.  
7
8
Touch [Close].  
In the NetWare Settings screen, touch [User Authentication Setting  
(NDS)], and then specify settings for the following. After specifying the  
settings, touch [Close].  
User Authentication Setting (NDS): Select [ON]. (Depending on the  
network environment, select [OFF].)  
9
In the NetWare Settings screen, touch [Close].  
10 Restart this machine (turn the main power off, then on again).  
C550  
3-35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up network printing  
11 Use the NetWare server console to load MONITOR.NLM.  
3
12 Select the connection information and, in the active connection col-  
umn, check that the created PServer is connected.  
Reminder  
When turning the power off, then on again, wait at least 10 seconds be-  
fore turning the power on again; otherwise, this machine may not function  
properly.  
For NetWare 5.x/6 Novell Distributed Print Service (NDPS)  
Note  
Before specifying settings for NDPS, check that the NDPS broker and  
NDPS manager have been created and loaded.  
Also, before performing the following procedure, check that the TCP/IP  
protocol has been set in the NetWare server, and check that the IP ad-  
dress has been set for this machine and that this machine is on.  
1
2
3
Log on to NetWare as an administrator from a client computer.  
Start up NWadmin.  
Right-click the organization or organizational unit container where you  
will create the printer agent, and then click “NDPS Printer” on the “Cre-  
ate” sub-menu.  
4
5
In the “NDPS Printer Name” box, enter the printer name.  
In the “Printer Agent Source” column, select “Create a New Printer  
Agent”, and then click the [Create] button.  
6
7
8
Check the printer agent name, and then in the “NDPS Manager Name”  
box, browse through the NDPS manager names, and register one.  
In “Gateway Types”, select “Novell Printer Gateway”, and then register  
it.  
In the Configure Novell PDS for Printer Agent window, select “(None)”  
for the printer type and “Novell Port Handler” for the port handler type,  
and then register the settings.  
C550  
3-36  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up network printing  
In “Connection type”, select “Remote (LPR on IP)”, and then register it.  
3
9
10 Enter the IP address set for this machine as the host address, enter  
“Print” as the printer name, and then click the [Finish] button to register  
the settings.  
11 The printer driver registration screen appears. Select “None” for each  
operating system to complete the registration.  
!
Detail  
For printer user rights, printer notification options, and assignment of  
queues, refer to the NetWare documentation, and specify the settings as  
necessary.  
Specifying client (Windows) settings when using the NetWare server  
1
For Windows 2000/NT 4.0, click the [Start] button, point to “Settings”,  
and then click “Printers”.  
For Windows XP/Server 2003, click the [Start] button, and then click  
“Printers and Faxes”.  
For Windows Vista, click the [Start] button, and then click “Control pan-  
el”, “Hardware and Sound”, and “Printers”.  
If “Printers and Faxes” does not appear in the Start menu in Win-  
dows XP/Server 2003, open the Control Panel from the Start menu,  
select “Printers and Other Hardware”, and then select “Printers and  
Faxes”.  
For Windows Vista, if the control panel is in the classic view, dou-  
ble-click “Printers”.  
2
For Windows 2000/NT 4.0/Server 2003, double-click the “Add Printer”  
icon.  
For Windows XP, click “Add a printer” on the “Printer Tasks” menu.  
For Windows Vista, click “Add a printer” on the toolbar.  
The Add Printer Wizard starts up.  
3
4
In the port settings, browse the network, and specify the name of the  
created queue (or NDPS printer name).  
From the printer model list, specify the desired folder on the CD-ROM  
that contains the printer driver.  
Select the specified folder according to the printer driver to be  
used, the operating system, and the language.  
C550  
3-37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Setting up network printing  
Printer drivers that can be selected:  
3
Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003/Vista: PCL driver, PS driver  
Windows NT 4.0: PCL driver  
5
Follow the on-screen instructions to complete the installation.  
C550  
3-38  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up network printing  
3
3.9  
This section describes this machine’s settings and the Macintosh network  
settings.  
Specify the printer network port settings after installing the printer driver and  
when selecting a printer. To select a printer, refer to “Selecting a printer” on  
page 2-25.  
Operations on this machine  
Set the IP address for this machine. For the setting procedure, refer to “Set-  
ting the IP address for this machine” on page 3-4.  
Next, specify the AppleTalk or Bonjour settings for this machine as described  
below.  
Note  
The settings can also be specified from PageScope Web Connection.  
Specifying the AppleTalk settings  
When connecting this machine to a Macintosh computer using AppleTalk,  
the AppleTalk settings must be specified.  
1
2
Press the [Utility/Counter] key in this machine’s control panel, touch  
[Administrator Settings], and then enter the administrator password.  
The administrator password is required to enter Administrator  
mode. Ask the administrator of this machine for the administrator  
password.  
Touch [Network Settings], then [AppleTalk Settings].  
C550  
3-39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Setting up network printing  
3
3
Specify settings for the following. After specifying the settings, touch  
[OK].  
AppleTalk Setting: Select [ON].  
Printer Name: Specify the printer name (up to 31 characters).  
Zone Name: Specify the zone being connected to (up to 31 charac-  
ters).  
4
To apply the settings, restart this machine (turn the main power off,  
then on again).  
Reminder  
When turning the power off, then on again, wait at least 10 seconds be-  
fore turning the power on again; otherwise, this machine may not function  
properly.  
Specifying the Bonjour settings  
When connecting this machine to a Macintosh computer using Bonjour/Ren-  
dezvous, the Bonjour settings must be specified.  
Note  
The Bonjour connection is a Mac OS X 10.4 function, it is the same func-  
tion as the Rendezvous connection in Mac OS 10.3 or earlier.  
1
Press the [Utility/Counter] key in this machine’s control panel, touch  
[Administrator Settings], and then enter the administrator password.  
The administrator password is required to enter Administrator  
mode. Ask the administrator of this machine for the administrator  
password.  
C550  
3-40  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up network printing  
3
2
3
Touch [Network Settings], then [Bonjour Setting].  
Specify settings for the following. After specifying the settings, touch  
[OK].  
Bonjour Setting: Select [ON].  
Bonjour Name: Specify the Bonjour name that is to appear as the  
connected device name (up to 63 characters).  
4
To apply the settings, restart this machine (turn the main power off,  
then on again).  
Reminder  
When turning the power off, then on again, wait at least 10 seconds be-  
fore turning the power on again; otherwise, this machine may not function  
properly.  
Setting the Macintosh computer  
Use the Macintosh computer that is connected to specify the TCP/IP and  
AppleTalk settings.  
Note  
For network settings, consult the network administrator.  
For the printer driver installation procedure, refer to “Installing the printer  
driver” on page 2-1.  
Since Bonjour (a Mac OS X 10.4 function) is always enabled, it is not re-  
quired to change the settings.  
Bonjour/Rendezvous is a Mac OS X function. For Mac OS 9.2, connect  
using AppleTalk.  
C550  
3-41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Setting up network printing  
3
For Mac OS X  
1
2
3
4
5
On the Apple menu, select “System Preferences”.  
Click the “Network” icon.  
From “Show”, select “Built-in Ethernet”.  
Click the TCP/IP tab.  
Select the items from “Configure” that correspond to the network set-  
tings for the Macintosh computer that is connected to the network, and  
then set the IP address and subnet mask.  
6
7
If using an AppleTalk connection, click the AppleTalk tab, and then  
check that the “Make AppleTalk Active” check box is selected.  
Click the close button at the top left of the dialog box.  
The “Apply configuration changes?” message appears.  
8
Click the [Apply] button.  
The changed setting are saved.  
For Mac OS 9.2  
1
On the Apple menu, point to “Control Panel”, and then click “Apple-  
Talk”.  
2
3
4
5
From the “Connect via” drop-down list, select “Ethernet”.  
On the Apple menu, point to “Control Panel”, and then click “TCP/IP”.  
From the “Connect via” drop-down list, select “Ethernet”.  
Select the items from “Configure” that correspond to the network set-  
tings for the Macintosh computer that is connected to the network, and  
then set the IP address and subnet mask.  
6
7
Click the close button at the top left of the dialog box.  
The “Save changes to the current configuration?” message appears.  
Click the [Save] button.  
C550  
3-42  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Various printing methods  
4
4
Various printing methods  
4.1  
Printing operations  
For Windows  
Print jobs are specified from the application software.  
1
2
Open the data in the application, click [File], and then click [Print].  
Check that the printer name has been selected in “Printer Name” or  
“Select Printer”. If the printer is not selected, click to select the printer.  
The Print dialog box differs depending on the application.  
3
4
Specify the print range and the number of copies to print.  
Click the [Properties] button or the [Preferences] button to change the  
printer driver settings as necessary.  
By clicking the [Preferences] button or the [Properties] button in the  
Print dialog box, you can specify the settings of each model in the  
printer driver dialog box that appears. For details, refer to “Setting  
up the PCL driver (Windows)” on page 5-1, or “Setting up the Post-  
Script driver (Windows)” on page 6-1.  
C550  
4-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Various printing methods  
4
If the changed settings are not saved in the Print dialog box, the  
original settings are restored when the application is quit.  
5
Click the [Print] button.  
The Data indicator of this machine flashes.  
Test printing  
Printing is possible when the printer driver is installed and the network set-  
tings have been specified. To check that the connection has been made  
properly, you can print the standard Windows test page.  
Print a test page from the printer driver Properties dialog box.  
1
For Windows 2000/NT 4.0, click the [Start] button, point to “Settings”,  
and then click “Printers”.  
For Windows XP/Server 2003, click the [Start] button, and then click  
“Printers and Faxes”.  
For Windows Vista, click the [Start] button, and then click “Control pan-  
el”, “Hardware and Sound”, and “Printers”.  
If “Printers and Faxes” does not appear in the Start menu in Win-  
dows XP/Server 2003, open the Control Panel from the Start menu,  
select “Printers and Other Hardware”, and then select “Printers and  
Faxes”.  
For Windows Vista, if the control panel is in the classic view, dou-  
ble-click “Printers”.  
2
3
Right-click the icon of the installed printer, and then click “Properties”.  
Click the General tab, and then click the [Print Test Page] button or the  
[Print Test] button.  
The test page is printed and the confirmation dialog box appears.  
4
Check the printout, and then click the [OK] button or the [Yes] button.  
Note  
If the test page is not printed properly, check that the printer driver has  
been installed properly and that the network settings are complete.  
C550  
4-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Various printing methods  
4
For Macintosh  
Printing is possible when the printer driver is installed and the network set-  
tings have been specified. Print jobs are specified from the application soft-  
ware.  
For Mac OS X  
1
2
Open the data in the application, click [File], and then click “Print”.  
Check that the printer name has been selected.  
3
Specify the print range and the number of copies to print, and then  
click the [Print] button.  
If the printer name does not appear in the list, select the printer in  
Print Center or Print Setup Utility. For details, refer to “Selecting a  
printer” on page 2-25.  
The Print dialog box differs depending on the application.  
The Data indicator of this machine flashes.  
C550  
4-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Various printing methods  
4
For Mac OS 9.2  
1
2
3
Open the data in the application, click [File], and then click “Print”.  
Check that the printer name has been selected.  
Select “General”.  
4
Specify the print range and the number of copies to print, and then  
click the [Print] button.  
The Data indicator of this machine flashes.  
Note  
If the printer name does not appear in the list, select the printer from the  
Chooser window. For details, refer to “Selecting a printer” on page 2-25.  
The Print dialog box differs depending on the application.  
The settings can be saved by clicking the [Save Settings] button.  
C550  
4-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Various printing methods  
4
4.2  
Setting the printing functions  
The functions of this machine such as sorting and folding can be set when  
printing from a computer. Depending on the operating system running on the  
connected computer, the setting procedure of this machine’s functions may  
differ.  
Function list  
The function list contains a summary of the main settings related to printing  
and printer driver support.  
Note  
The function names in this list are based on those displayed by the PCL  
printer driver in Windows XP. In addition, the items and setting values dis-  
played may differ depending on whether the options are installed or the  
settings are available.  
Function  
Overview  
Printer driver  
PCL Post  
Script  
Mac OS  
X
Mac OS  
9
Original Orien-  
tation  
Specifies the orientation of the  
original document.  
o
o
o
o
Original Size  
Specifies the size of the original  
document.  
o
o
o
o
Paper Size  
Zoom  
Specifies the output paper size.  
o
o
o
o
o
o
Specifies the enlargement and re-  
duction ratio.  
o
Paper Tray  
Paper Type  
Selects the paper tray for printing.  
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
Selects the paper type for print-  
ing.  
Output Method For non-conventional printing, se-  
o
o
o
+
(job manage-  
ment)  
lects special output methods such  
as “Secure Print” or “Save in User  
Box”.  
(Proof  
Print on-  
ly)  
User Authenti-  
cation  
Specifies the user name and  
password for user authentication.  
o
o
o
o
o
o
Account Track  
Specifies the department name  
and password for account track  
authentication.  
Copies  
Collate  
Specifies the number of copies to  
print.  
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
Specifies whether to print multiple  
copies in sets.  
C550  
4-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Various printing methods  
4
Function  
Overview  
Printer driver  
PCL Post  
Script  
Mac OS  
X
Mac OS  
9
Offset  
When printing multiple copies,  
shifts the output position of each  
set.  
o
o
o
o
Combination/  
Poster Mode  
Specifies whether to print multiple  
pages of text on one page with N  
in 1 printing, or print one sheet of  
an original document divided on  
multiple pages with Poster Mode  
printing.  
o
+
o
+
(N in 1  
printing  
only)  
(N in 1  
printing  
only)  
Skip Blank  
Pages  
Does not print blank pages in the  
data.  
o
o
o
o
Chapters  
Specifies the page to be printed  
on the front side.  
o
o
o
o
o
o
Print Type  
Specifies duplex printing and  
booklet printing.  
o
o
Binding Posi-  
tion  
Specifies the binding position.  
Binding Margin Specifies the binding margin.  
o
o
o
o
Image Shift  
Prints by shifting the entire print  
image.  
o
Staple  
Punch  
Fold  
Specifies stapling.  
Specifies hole punching.  
Specifies folding.  
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
Center Staple  
and Fold  
Specifies to saddle stitch a print-  
ed document.  
Output Tray  
Specifies the tray where to output  
the printed pages.  
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
Paper Arrange- Specifies the method for adjusting  
ment  
the binding position.  
Front Cover  
Back Cover  
Attaches a front cover page.  
Attaches a back cover page.  
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
Front Cover  
from Post In-  
serter  
Attaches a front cover from the  
post inserter.  
Back Cover  
from Post In-  
serter  
Attaches a back cover from the  
post inserter.  
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
Per Page Set-  
ting  
Inserts paper between pages and  
switches the paper and tray for  
each page.  
Transparency  
Interleave  
Outputs and inserts interleaves  
when printing overhead projector  
transparencies.  
o
C550  
4-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Various printing methods  
4
Function  
Overview  
Printer driver  
PCL Post  
Script  
Mac OS  
X
Mac OS  
9
Watermark  
Prints a watermark (text stamp) on  
the page being printed.  
o
o
Create Overlay Prints an original document on top  
o
o
File  
of an overlay that was created  
separately.  
Copy Protect  
Prints a special pattern to prevent  
copying.  
o
o
o
Date/Time  
Prints the date and time.  
Prints the page number.  
Prints a header and a footer.  
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
Page Number  
Header/Footer  
Select Color  
Selects color printing and mono-  
chrome printing.  
+
+
+
(No two  
(No two  
(No two  
color se- color se- color se-  
lection)  
lection)  
lection)  
Quality Adjust-  
ment  
Adjusts the image quality.  
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
Color Settings  
Prints with a quality suitable for  
the selected original document.  
o
o
o
o
o
Pattern  
Specifies the graphic pattern de-  
tails.  
Image Com-  
pression  
Specifies the compression ratio  
for a graphic image.  
Glossy Mode  
Prints using a gloss finish.  
o
o
o
o
Use Printer  
Fonts  
Specifies the replacement of Tru-  
eType fonts with printer fonts.  
C550  
4-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Various printing methods  
4
Function overview  
An overview of each function is summarized in this section.  
Original Orientation  
You can specify “Portrait” or “Landscape” as the orientation of the page be-  
ing printed.  
ABCD  
ABCDEF  
Portrait  
Landscape  
Operating system  
Printer driver  
Refer to  
Windows  
Konica Minolta PCL  
“Specifying the Basic tab settings” on  
page 5-7  
Konica Minolta PostScript “Specifying the Basic tab settings” on  
page 6-7  
Mac OS X  
PostScript PPD  
“Page Attributes (basic settings)” on  
page 8-7  
Mac OS 9.2  
“Page Attributes (basic settings)” on  
page 7-5  
C550  
4-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Various printing methods  
4
Original Size and Paper Size  
You can specify the original document size and the output paper size. By  
specifying each size, you can specify the enlargement and reduction ratio.  
Original size  
Output size  
Operating system  
Printer driver  
Refer to  
Windows  
Konica Minolta PCL  
“Specifying the Basic tab settings” on  
page 5-7  
Konica Minolta PostScript “Specifying the Basic tab settings” on  
page 6-7  
Mac OS X  
PostScript PPD  
“Page Attributes (basic settings)” on  
page 8-7  
Mac OS 9.2  
“Page Attributes (basic settings)” on  
page 7-5  
Note  
Only the output paper sizes can be specified with the PostScript PPD  
driver for the Macintosh.  
C550  
4-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Various printing methods  
Zoom (enlargement and reduction)  
4
You can specify the enlargement or reduction ratio using numeric values.  
ABCD  
Enlarged  
ABCD  
Original  
ABCD  
ABCD  
Reduced  
ABC  
Operating system  
Printer driver  
Refer to  
Windows  
Konica Minolta PCL  
“Specifying the Basic tab settings” on  
page 5-7  
Konica Minolta PostScript “Specifying the Basic tab settings” on  
page 6-7  
Mac OS X  
PostScript PPD  
“Page Attributes (basic settings)” on  
page 8-7  
Mac OS 9.2  
“Page Attributes (basic settings)” on  
page 7-5  
C550  
4-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Various printing methods  
Paper Tray (paper source)  
4
You can select the paper tray for printing from the “Paper Tray” drop-down  
list. When changing the paper type, you can select a paper tray according to  
the desired paper type.  
Tray  
Operating system  
Printer driver  
Refer to  
Windows  
Konica Minolta PCL  
“Specifying the Basic tab settings” on  
page 5-7  
Konica Minolta PostScript “Specifying the Basic tab settings” on  
page 6-7  
Mac OS X  
PostScript PPD  
“Paper Tray/Output Tray” on page 8-25  
“General (basic settings)” on page 7-8  
Mac OS 9.2  
Paper Type  
You can specify the paper type to be printed.  
Operating system  
Printer driver  
Refer to  
Windows  
Konica Minolta PCL  
“Specifying the Basic tab settings” on  
page 5-7  
Konica Minolta PostScript “Specifying the Basic tab settings” on  
page 6-7  
Mac OS X  
PostScript PPD  
“Paper Tray/Output Tray” on page 8-25  
C550  
4-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Various printing methods  
Output Method (job management)  
You can select output methods such as “Secure Print”, which requires a  
password to print, or “Save in User Box”, which saves documents in a doc-  
ument folder.  
Operating system  
Printer driver  
Refer to  
Windows  
Konica Minolta PCL  
“Specifying the Basic tab settings” on  
page 5-7  
Konica Minolta PostScript “Specifying the Basic tab settings” on  
page 6-7  
Mac OS X  
PostScript PPD  
“Output Method” on page 8-10  
Mac OS 9.2  
“Printer specific options (Finishing Options  
1 to 5)” on page 7-10  
User Authentication  
When the authentication settings have been applied on this machine, you  
must enter the required user name and password.  
Operating system  
Printer driver  
Refer to  
Windows  
Konica Minolta PCL  
“Specifying the Basic tab settings” on  
page 5-7  
Konica Minolta PostScript “Specifying the Basic tab settings” on  
page 6-7  
Mac OS X  
PostScript PPD  
“Output Method” on page 8-10  
Account Track  
You can specify this setting when this machine is operating in Account  
Track.  
Operating system  
Printer driver  
Refer to  
Windows  
Konica Minolta PCL  
“Specifying the Basic tab settings” on  
page 5-7  
Konica Minolta PostScript “Specifying the Basic tab settings” on  
page 6-7  
Mac OS X  
PostScript PPD  
“Output Method” on page 8-10  
C550  
4-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Various printing methods  
4
Collate and Offset  
You can print the complete document sets the specified number of times or  
each page the specified number of times.  
By specifying offset, the output position can be shifted and output to the  
front and back for each copy. (Multiple paper sources are used when a shift-  
ing finisher is installed and when no finisher is installed.)  
Collate  
Offset  
ABCD  
A
A
ABCD  
A
A
ABCD  
1
1
2
2
3
3
Operating system  
Printer driver  
Refer to  
Windows  
Konica Minolta PCL  
“Specifying the Basic tab settings” on  
page 5-7  
Konica Minolta PostScript “Specifying the Basic tab settings” on  
page 6-7  
Mac OS X  
PostScript PPD  
“Output Method” on page 8-10  
Mac OS 9.2  
“General (basic settings)” on page 7-8, and  
“Printer specific options (Finishing Options  
1 to 5)” on page 7-10  
C550  
4-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Various printing methods  
Combination/Poster Mode  
4
You can specify whether to print multiple pages of text on one page with N  
in 1 printing, or print one sheet of an original document divided on multiple  
pages with Poster Mode printing.  
N in 1 printing comes in handy when you want to reduce the number of out-  
put pages.  
Poster Mode printing allows you want to enlarge the print size when large pa-  
per sizes are not available (PCL printer driver and Mac OS X printer driver on-  
ly).  
1
3
2
4
1
4
2
3
6
1
2
2in1  
5
4in1  
6in1  
1 2 3 4  
5 6 7 8  
9 10 11 12  
1
4
7
2
5
3
6
9
8
13 14 15 16  
9in1  
16in1  
2 × 2  
3 × 3  
4 × 4  
C550  
4-14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Various printing methods  
Operating system  
Printer driver  
Refer to  
Windows  
Konica Minolta PCL  
“Specifying the Layout tab settings” on  
page 5-17  
Konica Minolta PostScript “Specifying the Layout tab settings” on  
page 6-17  
Mac OS X  
PostScript PPD  
“Print dialog box” on page 8-2  
“Layout/Finish” on page 8-19  
Mac OS 9.2  
“Layout (printing multiple pages on one  
page)” on page 7-9  
Skip Blank Pages (saving paper)  
You can specify not to print blank pages in the data.  
Operating system  
Printer driver  
Refer to  
Windows  
Konica Minolta PCL  
“Specifying the Layout tab settings” on  
page 5-17  
Chapters  
You can specify the page you want to print on the front side when duplex  
printing or booklet printing.  
Even if a specified page comes up to be printed on the back side in duplex  
printing or booklet printing, the specified page is moved and printed on the  
front side.  
Operating system  
Printer driver  
Refer to  
Windows  
Konica Minolta PCL  
“Specifying the Layout tab settings” on  
page 5-17  
Konica Minolta PostScript “Specifying the Layout tab settings” on  
page 6-17  
Mac OS X  
PostScript PPD  
“Layout/Finish” on page 8-19  
C550  
4-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Various printing methods  
4
Print Type (duplex printing/booklet printing)  
You can print onto both sides of a page or in a booklet format (two facing  
pages or center binding). This comes in handy when you want to bind multi-  
ple-page documents.  
The binding area can be specified by specifying the binding position.  
Duplex printing  
Print data  
Printout  
Print data  
Printout  
Left binding  
Top binding  
Booklet printing  
Print data  
Printout  
Operating system  
Printer driver  
Refer to  
Windows  
Konica Minolta PCL  
“Specifying the Layout tab settings” on  
page 5-17  
Konica Minolta PostScript “Specifying the Layout tab settings” on  
page 6-17  
Mac OS X  
PostScript PPD  
“Layout/Finish” on page 8-19  
Mac OS 9.2  
“Printer specific options (Finishing Options  
1 to 5)” on page 7-10  
C550  
4-16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Various printing methods  
4
Image Shift  
You can specify whether to shift the entire print image according to the bind-  
ing margins, then print. You can specify the shift direction and set the values  
for the print position. For duplex printing, the front side and back side of a  
page can be specified separately.  
Up shift  
ABCD  
Left shift  
Right shift  
Down shift  
Operating system  
Printer driver  
Konica Minolta PCL  
Refer to  
Windows  
“Specifying the Layout tab settings” on  
page 5-17  
Konica Minolta PostScript “Specifying the Layout tab settings” on  
page 6-17  
Mac OS X  
PostScript PPD  
“Layout/Finish” on page 8-19  
Mac OS 9.2  
“Printer specific options (Finishing Options  
1 to 5)” on page 7-10  
C550  
4-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Various printing methods  
Stapling and hole punching  
4
Documents can be stapled together or holes can be punched into the docu-  
ment.  
By specifying the binding margin, you can specify the margin for stapling or  
hole punching.  
Stapling  
Hole punching  
ABCD  
ABCD  
ABCDEF  
ABCDEF  
Reminder  
The staple function is available only when the optional finisher is installed.  
The hole punch function is available only when the punch kit is installed  
on the optional finisher.  
Operating system  
Printer driver  
Refer to  
Windows  
Konica Minolta PCL  
“Specifying the Finish tab settings” on  
page 5-21  
Konica Minolta PostScript “Specifying the Finish tab settings” on  
page 6-21  
Mac OS X  
PostScript PPD  
“Layout/Finish” on page 8-19  
Mac OS 9.2  
“Printer specific options (Finishing Options  
1 to 5)” on page 7-10  
C550  
4-18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Various printing methods  
Center Staple and Fold/Fold  
4
You can specify whether to fold a printed document in half or in three, or to  
fold a printed document in half and to staple in the center.  
Half-fold  
Tri-fold  
Center staple and fold  
Reminder  
The center staple and fold function and fold function are available only  
when optional finisher FS-608 is installed.  
The tri-fold function is available only when optional finisher FS-608 is in-  
stalled.  
Operating system  
Printer driver  
Refer to  
Windows  
Konica Minolta PCL  
“Specifying the Finish tab settings” on  
page 5-21  
Konica Minolta PostScript “Specifying the Finish tab settings” on  
page 6-21  
Mac OS X  
PostScript PPD  
“Layout/Finish” on page 8-19  
Mac OS 9.2  
“Printer specific options (Finishing Options  
1 to 5)” on page 7-10  
C550  
4-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Various printing methods  
Paper Arrangement  
When printing a document with duplex printing, you can specify whether to  
adjust the binding position with “Prioritize Arranging Papers”, which prints  
after all the print data is received, or with “Prioritize Productivity”, which  
prints the data simultaneously as it is received.  
Operating system  
Printer driver  
Refer to  
Windows  
Konica Minolta PCL  
“Specifying the Finish tab settings” on  
page 5-21  
Konica Minolta PostScript “Specifying the Finish tab settings” on  
page 6-21  
Mac OS X  
PostScript PPD  
“Layout/Finish” on page 8-19  
Mac OS 9.2  
“Printer specific options (Finishing Options  
1 to 5)” on page 7-10  
Cover Mode and Transparency Interleave  
A front cover and back cover can be added and interleaves can be inserted  
between overhead projector transparencies.  
Front cover  
Back cover  
ABCD  
AB
ABCD  
AB
Operating system  
Printer driver  
Refer to  
Windows  
Konica Minolta PCL  
“Specifying the Cover Mode tab settings”  
on page 5-24  
Konica Minolta PostScript “Specifying the Cover Mode tab settings”  
on page 6-24  
Mac OS X  
PostScript PPD  
“Cover Mode/Transparency Interleave” on  
page 8-27  
Mac OS 9.2  
“Printer specific options (Finishing Options  
1 to 5)” on page 7-10  
C550  
4-20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Various printing methods  
Per Page Setting  
You can specify to have paper inserted between pages, and specify the sim-  
plex or duplex print type and the paper to be printed for each page.  
Operating system  
Printer driver  
Refer to  
Windows  
Konica Minolta PCL  
“Specifying the Cover Mode tab settings”  
on page 5-24  
Konica Minolta PostScript “Specifying the Cover Mode tab settings”  
on page 6-24  
Mac OS X  
PostScript PPD  
“Per Page Setting” on page 8-29  
Watermark  
You can print a watermark (text stamp) on the page being printed.  
Watermark  
Operating system  
Printer driver  
Refer to  
Windows  
Konica Minolta PCL  
“Specifying the Stamp/Composition tab  
settings” on page 5-27  
Konica Minolta PostScript “Specifying the Stamp/Composition tab  
settings” on page 6-28  
C550  
4-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Various printing methods  
4
Overlay  
You can print an original document on top of overlay data that was created  
separately.  
Overlay  
New Product  
New Product  
Form data  
Created data  
Operating system  
Printer driver  
Konica Minolta PCL  
Refer to  
Windows  
“Specifying the Stamp/Composition tab  
settings” on page 5-27  
Konica Minolta PostScript “Specifying the Stamp/Composition tab  
settings” on page 6-28  
Copy Protect  
You can print a special pattern on an entire page while printing.  
When the pattern on the printed page is copied, the characters embedded in  
the pattern appear to prevent an illegal copy.  
Operating system  
Printer driver  
Refer to  
Windows  
Konica Minolta PCL  
“Specifying the Stamp/Composition tab  
settings” on page 5-27  
Konica Minolta PostScript “Specifying the Stamp/Composition tab  
settings” on page 6-28  
Mac OS X  
PostScript PPD  
“Stamp/Composition” on page 8-32  
C550  
4-22  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Various printing methods  
Date/Time and Page Number  
You can print the date, time, or page numbers on a document.  
Operating system  
Printer driver  
Refer to  
Windows  
Konica Minolta PCL  
“Specifying the Stamp/Composition tab  
settings” on page 5-27  
Konica Minolta PostScript “Specifying the Stamp/Composition tab  
settings” on page 6-28  
Mac OS X  
PostScript PPD  
“Stamp/Composition” on page 8-32  
Header/Footer  
You can print a header and a footer on a document.  
OS  
Printer driver  
Refer to  
Windows  
Konica Minolta PCL  
“Specifying the Stamp/Composition tab  
settings” on page 5-27  
Konica Minolta PostScript “Specifying the Stamp/Composition tab  
settings” on page 6-28  
Mac OS X  
PostScript PPD  
“Stamp/Composition” on page 8-32  
Quality Adjustment  
You can adjust the image quality.  
Operating system  
Printer driver  
Refer to  
Windows  
Konica Minolta PCL  
“Specifying the Quality tab settings” on  
page 5-39  
Konica Minolta PostScript “Specifying the Quality tab settings” on  
page 6-40  
Mac OS X  
PostScript PPD  
“Quality” on page 8-38  
Mac OS 9.2  
“Printer specific options (Finishing Options  
1 to 5)” on page 7-10  
Use Printer Fonts (substitute fonts)  
You can specify whether to replace the TrueType fonts with printer fonts.  
Operating system  
Printer driver  
Refer to  
Windows  
Konica Minolta PCL  
“Specifying the Quality tab settings” on  
page 5-39  
Konica Minolta PostScript “Specifying the Quality tab settings” on  
page 6-40  
Mac OS 9.2  
PostScript PPD  
“PostScript Options” on page 7-7  
C550  
4-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
Various printing methods  
4
4.3  
Specifying the printer driver basic settings  
The settings specified for the functions of this machine when printing can  
only be applied while using the application. When the application is quit, the  
settings return to their default settings.  
When registering the settings, change the printer driver basic settings (de-  
fault settings) or use the function for saving settings.  
For Windows  
The functions of this machine that can be used when printing can be speci-  
fied in the printer driver setup dialog box, which can be displayed from the  
Printers window (for Windows XP/Server 2003, Printers and Faxes window).  
Settings specified in the printer driver setup dialog box displayed using the  
procedure described below will be applied when printing from any applica-  
tion.  
1
For Windows 2000/NT 4.0, click the [Start] button, point to “Settings”,  
and then click “Printers”.  
For Windows XP/Server 2003, click the [Start] button, and then click  
“Printers and Faxes”.  
For Windows Vista, click the [Start] button, and then click “Control pan-  
el”, “Hardware and Sound”, and “Printers”.  
If “Printers and Faxes” does not appear in the Start menu in Win-  
dows XP/Server 2003, open the Control Panel from the Start menu,  
select “Printers and Other Hardware”, and then select “Printers and  
Faxes”.  
For Windows Vista, if the control panel is in the classic view, dou-  
ble-click “Printers”.  
2
For Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003/Vista, right-click the icon of the in-  
stalled printer, and then click “Printing Preferences”.  
For Windows 4.0, right-click the icon of the installed printer, and then  
click “Document Defaults”.  
The following printer driver setting dialog box appears.  
C550  
4-24  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Various printing methods  
PCL driver  
4
PostScript driver  
C550  
4-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Various printing methods  
4
Note  
For the settings that can be specified with each printer driver, refer to the  
following:  
Konica Minolta PCL Driver: “Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)” on  
page 5-1  
Konica Minolta PostScript Driver: “Setting up the PostScript driver (Win-  
dows)” on page 6-1  
Use each tab in the dialog box to set up the printer driver.  
To specify custom settings, click Print in the application, and then click  
the [Properties] or the [Preferences] button in the Print dialog box. The  
settings specified in the Print dialog box apply only to the current file.  
For the function for saving settings, refer to the follow:  
Konica Minolta PCL Driver: “Saving the driver settings” on page 5-50  
Konica Minolta PostScript Driver: “Saving the driver settings” on  
page 6-51  
C550  
4-26  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Various printing methods  
4
For Macintosh  
The functions of this machine that can be used when printing can be speci-  
fied in the Print dialog box or the Page Setup dialog box.  
The settings can only be applied while using the application. When the ap-  
plication is quit, the settings return to their default settings.  
To specify the settings, save the settings in the printer driver dialog box.  
For Mac OS X  
In the Print dialog box, save the settings from the “Presets” function.  
For saving the settings, refer to “Saving the driver settings” on page 8-42.  
In the Page Setup dialog box, save the settings by selecting “Save as De-  
fault” from “Settings”.  
C550  
4-27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Various printing methods  
4
Note  
For details on the settings that can be specified in the printer driver, refer  
to “Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS X)” on page 8-1.  
For Mac OS 9.x  
In the Print dialog box, save the settings by clicking the [Save Settings] but-  
ton.  
Note  
The settings cannot be saved from the Page Setup dialog box.  
“General” cannot be saved from the Print dialog box.  
For details on the settings that can be specified in the printer driver, refer  
to “Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS 9.2)” on page 7-1.  
C550  
4-28  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5
5
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5.1  
Settings  
Common settings  
The following describes the common settings and buttons that are displayed  
on all tabs.  
Button  
Function  
OK  
Click this button to close the dialog box and apply any settings that  
have been changed.  
Cancel  
Click this button to cancel any settings that have been changed and  
close the dialog box.  
Help  
Click this button to display the help for each item on the currently  
displayed dialog box.  
Add (Favorite Setting)  
Click this button to save the current settings and to view them at a  
later time.  
Edit (Favorite Setting)  
Default  
Click this button to change the saved settings.  
Click this button to return the settings to their defaults, which were  
selected when the driver was installed.  
Printer Information  
Click this button to start up PageScope Web Connection and check  
the information of the machine. This is enabled when communica-  
tion with the machine is possible.  
C550  
5-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5
Button  
Function  
View  
When the [Paper View] button is clicked, a preview of the page lay-  
out as specified in the current settings is displayed and a preview  
image of the print job can be checked.  
When the [Printer View] button is clicked, a printer figure is dis-  
played showing any options, such as the paper tray, that are in-  
stalled on this machine.  
Paper  
Printer  
Note  
To enable any installed options, you must specify the Device Option set-  
tings. For details, refer to “Specifying the Configure tab settings” on  
page 5-43.  
Basic tab  
Item  
Function  
Original Orientation  
Original Size  
Paper Size  
Specifies the orientation of the original document.  
Specifies the size of the original document.  
Specifies the output paper size. Automatically enlarges or reduces  
when the Original Size setting is changed.  
Zoom  
Specifies the enlargement and reduction ratio.  
Selects the paper tray for printing.  
Paper Tray  
Paper Type  
Output Method  
Selects the paper type for printing.  
For non-conventional printing, selects special output methods such  
as “Secure Print” or “Save in User Box”.  
[User Settings]  
Specifies the ID and password, or the file name and box number  
when performing “Secure Print” or “Save in User Box”.  
[Authentication/Account  
Track]  
Specifies the user name and password when performing user au-  
thentication, and the department name and password when per-  
forming account track on this machine.  
Copies  
Collate  
Offset  
Specifies the number of copies to print.  
Specifies whether to print multiple copies in sets.  
When printing multiple copies, shifts the output position of each set.  
Specifies the paper type for each paper tray.  
Paper Settings for Each  
Tray  
C550  
5-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5
Layout tab  
Item  
Function  
Combination  
Prints multiple pages on one page, or prints one sheet of an origi-  
nal document divided on multiple pages. Details can be specified  
by clicking the [Combination Details] button.  
Rotate 180  
Prints the image rotated 180°.  
Skip Blank Pages  
Chapters  
Does not print blank pages in the data.  
Specifies the page to be printed on the front side.  
Specifies duplex printing and booklet printing.  
Specifies the binding position.  
Print Type  
Binding Position  
Binding Margin  
Specifies the binding margin. Click the [Binding Margin Settings]  
button to specify the margin values.  
Image Shift  
Prints by shifting the entire print image. Click the [Image Shift Set-  
tings] button to specify the image shift values.  
Finish tab  
Item  
Function  
Staple  
Specifies stapling.  
Center Staple and Fold  
Punch  
Specifies to saddle stitch a printed document.  
Specifies hole punching.  
Fold  
Specifies folding.  
Output Tray  
Paper Arrangement  
Specifies the tray where to output the printed pages.  
Specifies the method for adjusting the binding position.  
Cover Mode tab  
Item  
Function  
Front Cover  
Front Cover Tray  
Back Cover  
Back Cover Tray  
Attaches a front cover page.  
Selects the paper tray for the front cover.  
Attaches a back cover page.  
Selects the paper tray for the back cover.  
Attaches a front cover from the post inserter.  
Front Cover from Post  
Inserter  
Back Cover from Post  
Inserter  
Attaches a back cover from the post inserter.  
Per Page Setting  
Inserts paper between pages and switches the paper and tray for  
each page.  
C550  
5-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5
Item  
Function  
Transparency Interleave  
Outputs and inserts interleaves when printing overhead projector  
transparencies.  
Interleave Tray  
Selects the input tray for the transparency interleaves.  
Stamp/Composition tab  
Item  
Function  
Watermark  
Prints a watermark (text stamp) on the page being printed. Water-  
marks can be added, changed, or deleted by clicking the [Edit]  
button.  
Create Overlay File  
Prints an original document on top of an overlay that was created  
separately.  
Copy Protect  
Date/Time  
Prints a special pattern to prevent copying.  
Prints the date and time.  
Page Number  
Header/Footer  
Prints the page number.  
Prints a header and a footer.  
Quality tab  
Item  
Function  
Select Color  
Quality Adjustment  
Specifies the color for printing.  
Adjusts the image quality. You can select “Simple” to adjust entire  
documents or “Detail” to adjust the text, photos, figures, tables,  
and graphs in the document.  
Color Settings  
Pattern  
Prints with a quality suitable for the selected original document.  
Specifies the graphic pattern details.  
Image Compression  
Glossy Mode  
Specifies the compression ratio for a graphic image.  
Prints with a gloss.  
Font  
Settings Format  
Download Font Selects whether the fonts are downloaded to the printer as bitmap  
or outline.  
Use Printer  
Fonts  
Selects whether to use TrueType fonts or the printer fonts when  
printing.  
Other tab  
Item  
Function  
Excel Job Control  
Controls jobs so that they are not separated when printing in Mi-  
crosoft Excel.  
C550  
5-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5
Item  
Function  
Remove White Back-  
ground  
Removes the white background when creating an overlay file with  
Microsoft PowerPoint. If this check box is cleared, the background  
is not removed and the overlay file is created according to the orig-  
inal document data.  
Check Driver Version  
Displays the version information of the printer driver.  
Configure tab  
Item  
Function  
Device Option  
Specifies the status of the options that are installed on this ma-  
chine and the status of the user authentication and account track  
functions. Specify the status of each item from the “Setting” drop-  
down list.  
Paper Tray Information  
Shows the paper type specified for each tray. Click the [Paper Tray  
Settings] button to specify the settings for each paper tray.  
Acquire Device Informa-  
tion  
Communicates with this machine to read the status of the installed  
options.  
Acquire Settings  
Encrypt. Passphrase  
Software Tools  
Specifies the status of the connection that executes getting the  
option information.  
Enters the encryption passphrase when it is user defined by  
communicating with this machine.  
Starts up software tools such as PageScope Web Connection.  
Note  
To display the Configure tab in Windows 2000/XP/NT 4.0/Server 2003/  
Vista, right-click the icon of the installed printer, and then click “Proper-  
ties”.  
You cannot use the “Acquire Device Information” function if you are not  
connected to or able to communicate with this machine.  
Settings tab  
Item  
Function  
EMF Spool  
When using an original system environment, select this check box  
if a metafile (EMF) spool is required.  
Display Constraint Mes-  
sage  
Displays a message when functions that cannot be specified at the  
same time were enabled from the printer driver.  
Display paper set in Print  
Server Properties.  
Uses the paper that was added in [Server Properties] of the printer  
folder.  
Verify Authentication set-  
tings before printing  
Verifies the authentication settings for this machine before printing  
and displays a message if the settings are not compatible.  
C550  
5-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5
Item  
Function  
Popup Authentication Dia- Displays the User Authentication/Account Track dialog box when  
log when printing  
Save Custom Size  
a print job is specified to enter the user name and department  
name.  
Saves the custom paper sizes.  
Note  
To display the Settings tab in Windows 2000/XP/NT 4.0/Server 2003/Vis-  
ta, right-click the icon of the installed printer, and then click “Properties”.  
C550  
5-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5
5.2  
Specifying the Basic tab settings  
Printing to suit the paper size  
You can enlarge or reduce documents created when printing to match the  
output paper size.  
1
2
Click the Basic tab.  
From the “Original Size” and “Paper Size” drop-down lists, select the  
desired settings.  
You can also specify any enlargement or reduction ratio in the  
“Zoom” box.  
Note  
“12 × 18” paper size is one size larger than A3 paper size at 504.8 × 457.2  
mm.  
To print on paper sizes other than the standard sizes, be sure to set the  
custom paper sizes in Custom Size Settings first.  
When “W” is selected for each standard paper size from the printer driv-  
er, the data can be centered and printed.  
For example, if A4 size data is created and you want to center and print  
on A3 size paper, select “A4W” as the paper size and “Tray 1” or “Bypass  
Tray” as the paper tray from the printer driver.  
To print, load A3 size paper in the tray (“Tray 1” or “Bypass Tray”) of this  
machine that was specified from the printer driver, and then specify the  
C550  
5-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5
settings described below from [Basic (Paper)] – [Change Tray Settings] –  
[Wide Paper] in the control panel.  
Select “A4W”.  
Enter the A3 paper size (420.0 × 297.0) in [Change Size].  
Specifying a custom size  
When printing on paper of a custom size, you can select a preregistered cus-  
tom paper size or specify a paper size value as described below.  
1
From the “Original Size” or the “Paper Size” drop-down list, select  
“Custom Size”.  
The Custom Size Settings dialog box appears.  
2
Specify settings for the following:  
Width: Specifies the width of the custom paper size according to  
the selected measurement unit.  
Length: Specifies the length of the custom paper size according to  
the selected measurement unit.  
Unit: Selects the measurement unit that specifies the size.  
3
Click the [OK] button.  
Note  
For custom sizes that are used often, it comes in handy if you add them  
to the paper size list. Add a custom paper size from the Settings tab. For  
details, refer to “Specifying the Settings tab settings” on page 5-47.  
Selecting the paper tray  
You can specify the paper you want to use for printing by selecting the paper  
tray that contains the loaded paper.  
C550  
5-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5
1
2
Click the Basic tab.  
From the “Paper Tray” drop-down list, select the desired paper tray.  
Note  
If “Auto” is specified as the paper tray, you can select the paper type. If  
the paper tray setting is changed to a setting other than “Auto”, the paper  
type is fixed to its preregistered setting. Specify a paper type by clicking  
the [Paper Settings for Each Tray] button. For details, refer to “Specifying  
the paper type for a paper tray” on page 5-9.  
Specifying the paper type for a paper tray  
You can specify the paper type for a paper tray.  
1
2
Click the Basic tab.  
Click the [Paper Settings for Each Tray] button.  
The Paper Settings for Each Tray dialog box appears.  
3
From “Paper Type Settings”, select the desired paper tray, and then  
select the paper type to be specified from the “Paper Type” drop-down  
list.  
C550  
5-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
Click the [OK] button.  
5
4
Note  
The current specified settings can be checked in “Device Status”.  
Click the [Restore Device Status] button to communicate with this ma-  
chine and read the status of the settings specified on this machine. You  
cannot use this function if you are not connected to or able to communi-  
cate with this machine.  
The paper type for a paper tray can also be specified from the Configure  
tab, and the paper size and paper orientation can be specified as well.  
For details, refer to “Specifying the Configure tab settings” on page 5-43.  
Specify “Duplex Side 2” to print on the back side of a page.  
Selecting the output method  
Not only can you print directly, but you can select “Secure Print”, which re-  
quires a password to print, or “Save in User Box”, which saves data in the  
boxes that were created on the HDD.  
1
2
Click the Basic tab.  
From the “Output Method” drop-down list, select the output method.  
Print: Prints immediately.  
Secure Print: Saves the document to be printed in “Secure Print  
User Box” of this machine. When printing, you are required to enter  
the ID and password in this machine’s control panel. Select when  
printing highly confidential documents.  
Save in User Box: Saves the document to be printed in a box on this  
machine.  
Save in User Box and Print: Saves the document in a box and prints  
at the same time.  
Proof Print: After a part of the document has been printed, this ma-  
chine stops printing temporarily. Select to avoid misprinting a large  
volume of print jobs.  
C550  
5-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5
Secure Print  
If “Secure Print” was selected, enter the ID and password in the dialog box  
that appeared.  
Note  
The ID and password that are required for “Secure Print” can be prereg-  
istered by clicking the [User Settings] button under “Output Method”. If  
the ID and password are already registered, the dialog box to enter the  
ID and password does not appear when “Secure Print” is selected.  
To print, specify “Secure Print Document Box” from the Box mode in this  
machine’s control panel, and then enter the ID and password. For details,  
refer to “Print job management” on page 9-46. For details on the box  
functions of this machine, refer to the User’s Guide [Box Operations].  
When password rules are enabled on this machine, the passwords that  
can be used for secured printing are limited and the jobs are deleted  
when a password that does not comply with the password rule is  
entered. For the password rules, refer to the User’s Guide [Copy  
Operations].  
C550  
5-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5
Save in User Box  
When “Save in User Box” or “Save in User Box and Print” is selected, specify  
the file name to be saved and the box number for the save location in the di-  
alog box that appears for entering the file name and box number.  
Note  
The file name and box number that are required for “Save in User Box”  
can be preregistered by clicking the [User Settings] button under “Output  
Method”. If the file name and box number are already registered, the di-  
alog box to enter the file name and box number does not appear when  
“Save in User Box” is selected.  
Be sure to create the box of the save location in advance with the box  
function of this machine. For details on the box functions of this machine,  
refer to the User’s Guide [Box Operations].  
When password rules are enabled on this machine, specify the box that  
was created on this machine.  
C550  
5-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5
Proof Print  
When a print job is sent, this machine stops printing temporarily after part of  
the document has been printed. The remaining print job is stored in this ma-  
chine as a print job. When printing multiple copies, you can print the remain-  
ing part of the print job after checking the print results.  
Note  
To print the document, release the held document from the Job mode in  
this machine’s control panel. For details, refer to “Print job management”  
on page 9-46.  
Specifying the user authentication settings  
If the user authentication settings have been specified on this machine, you  
must enter a user name and password.  
Note  
If a job is printed using a user name or password that is not a registered  
der “User Authentication”, the operation is not authenticated by this ma-  
chine and the job is canceled.  
If the user authentication settings are specified on this machine and the  
authentication operation restriction function is in mode 2, the applicable  
user is locked and cannot be accessed if the authentication information  
is not entered correctly.  
If the user authentication settings are not specified on the Configure tab,  
user authentication cannot be performed. If using the user authentication  
function, be sure to specify the settings on the Configure tab. For details,  
refer to “Specifying the Configure tab settings” on page 5-43.  
1
2
Click the Basic tab.  
Click the [Authentication/Account Track] button.  
C550  
5-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
Select “Recipient User”, and then enter the user name and password.  
5
3
4
Click the [OK] button.  
Note  
If this machine has been set to permit public users, the machine can be  
used without a user name and password.  
If performing user authentication on a server, the server settings must be  
specified. Click the [Server Setting] button to select the server.  
Click the [Verify] button to communicate with this machine and to check  
whether authentication can be performed with the user that was entered.  
You cannot use this function if you are not connected to or able to com-  
municate with this machine.  
If printing is not allowed, printing cannot be performed even when used  
by a registered user. For details on the user authentication function, con-  
sult the administrator of this machine.  
If performing user authentication with an optional authentication unit, en-  
ter the user name and password in step 3. For details, refer to the oper-  
ation manual of the authentication unit.  
C550  
5-14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
Specifying the account track settings  
5
If the account track settings have been specified on this machine, you must  
enter a department name and password.  
Note  
If a job is printed using a department name or password that is not a reg-  
Track” selected, the operation is not authenticated by this machine and  
the job is canceled.  
When the account track settings are specified on this machine, the au-  
thentication operation restriction function is in mode 2, and the authenti-  
cation information is not entered correctly, the applicable account is  
locked and cannot be accessed.  
If the account track settings are not specified on the Configure tab, ac-  
count track cannot be performed. If using the account track function, be  
sure to specify the settings on the Configure tab. For details, refer to  
“Specifying the Configure tab settings” on page 5-43.  
1
2
3
Click the Basic tab.  
Click the [Authentication/Account Track] button.  
Enter the department name and password.  
C550  
5-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
Click the [OK] button.  
5
4
Note  
Click the [Verify] button to communicate with this machine and to check  
whether authentication can be performed with the user that was entered.  
You cannot use this function if you are not connected to or able to com-  
municate with this machine.  
If printing is not allowed, printing cannot be performed even when used  
by a registered account. For details on the account track function, con-  
sult the administrator of this machine.  
C550  
5-16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5
5.3  
Specifying the Layout tab settings  
Printing multiple pages on one page (N in 1, Poster Mode)  
You can specify whether to print multiple pages of text on one page with N  
in 1 printing, or print one sheet of an original document divided on multiple  
pages with Poster Mode printing.  
1
2
Click the Layout tab.  
Select the “Combination” check box, and then specify the setting from  
the drop-down list.  
To change the “Border” and “Overlap width line” settings, click the  
[Combination Details] button, and then change the settings in the  
dialog box that appears.  
C550  
5-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5
Reminder  
When printing a job that contains pages of different sizes and orienta-  
tions, images may be missing or overlapping when the document is print-  
ed.  
Chapters  
You can specify the page you want to print on the front side when duplex  
printing or booklet printing.  
Even if a specified page comes up to be printed on the back side in duplex  
printing or booklet printing, the specified page is moved and printed on the  
front side.  
1
2
3
Click the Layout tab.  
Select the “Chapters” check box.  
Enter the page number of the page you want to print on the front side.  
Note  
When entering multiple page numbers, separate the page numbers with  
commas such as “2, 4, 6” or enter a page range using a hyphen such as  
“6-10”.  
The “Chapters” check box can only be selected when the duplex printing  
or the booklet printing setting is enabled.  
Specifying duplex/booklet printing  
You can print a document onto both sides of a page or in a booklet format  
(two facing pages). This comes in handy when you want to bind multiple-  
page documents.  
1
2
Click the Layout tab.  
From the “Print Type” drop-down list, select “2-Sided” or “Booklet”.  
Note  
The binding position can be specified from the “Binding Position” drop-  
down list.  
C550  
5-18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5
Setting the binding margin  
Binding margins are added to the document before it is printed.  
1
2
3
4
Click the Layout tab.  
From the “Binding Position” drop-down list, select the binding position.  
Select the “Binding Margin” check box.  
To set the width of the binding margin, click the [Binding Margin Set-  
tings] button, and then specify the desired settings in the Binding Mar-  
gin Settings dialog box that appears.  
Shift Mode: To add a binding margin, select how the image is to be  
shifted.  
Front Side/Back Side: Sets the binding margin values. By clearing  
the “Same value for front and back sides” check box, you can  
specify separate values for the front and back sides.  
Unit: Selects the measurement unit that specifies the size.  
C550  
5-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5
Shifting images  
The entire print image of a document is shifted and then printed. You can use  
this function when you want to adjust the print position.  
1
2
3
Click the Layout tab.  
Select the “Image Shift” check box.  
To set the image shift settings, click the [Image Shift Settings] button,  
and then specify the desired settings in the Image Shift Settings dialog  
box that appears.  
Unit: Selects the measurement unit that specifies the size.  
Front Side/Back Side: Specifies the shift direction and sets the val-  
ues. By clearing the “Same value for Front and Back sides” check  
box, you can set separate values for the front and back sides.  
C550  
5-20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5
5.4  
Specifying the Finish tab settings  
Stapling  
Multiple-page documents can be stapled.  
Reminder  
The staple function is available only when the optional finisher is installed.  
1
2
3
Click the Finish tab.  
Select the “Staple” check box.  
From the drop-down list, specify the number of staples and the sta-  
pling position.  
Note  
Specify the staple position noting the binding position specified in “Bind-  
ing Position”.  
C550  
5-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
Specifying the center staple and fold setting  
5
You can specify to center staple and fold a printed document. By specifying  
the center staple and fold setting, printed documents can be folded in half  
and stapled.  
Reminder  
The center staple and fold function is available only when optional finisher  
FS-608 is installed.  
1
2
Click the Finish tab.  
Select the “Center Staple and Fold” check box.  
Note  
The center staple and fold function cannot be specified when the staple,  
punch, or fold function is specified.  
The center staple function and the thick paper function cannot be spec-  
ified when finisher FS-608 is installed.  
Hole punching  
Holes can be punched into the printed document.  
Reminder  
The hole punch function is available only when the punch kit is installed  
on the optional finisher.  
1
2
3
Click the Finish tab.  
Select the “Punch” check box.  
From the drop-down list, specify the number of punched holes.  
Note  
The hole-punch position changes according to the binding position spec-  
ified from “Binding Position”.  
The number of punch holes that can be selected may vary depending on  
the punch kit that is installed.  
C550  
5-22  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5
Folding  
You can specify to fold a printed document.  
Reminder  
The fold function is available only when optional finisher FS-608 is in-  
stalled.  
1
2
3
Click the Finish tab.  
Select the “Fold” check box.  
From the drop-down list, specify the folding condition.  
Note  
The fold function cannot be specified when the staple, punch, or saddle  
stitch function is specified.  
Specifying the output tray  
You can specify the tray to which the printed document is output.  
1
2
Click the Finish tab.  
From the “Output Tray” drop-down list, specify the output tray.  
Specifying the procedure for adjusting the binding position  
You can specify the procedure for adjusting the binding position for duplex  
printing.  
If “Prioritize Arranging Papers” is selected, all pages can be processed to a  
suitable quality by this machine because the binding position is adjusted af-  
ter all the print data is received. If “Prioritize Productivity” is selected, the  
printing process is performed efficiently because the binding position is ad-  
justed while the data is printed simultaneously as it is being received.  
If you want to increase the print efficiency, select “Prioritize Productivity”. If  
the desired binding position and width cannot be achieved, select “Prioritize  
Arranging Papers”.  
1
2
Click the Finish tab.  
From the “Paper Arrangement” drop-down list, specify the processing  
method.  
C550  
5-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5
5.5  
Specifying the Cover Mode tab settings  
Printing documents with a front cover/back cover  
1
2
3
Click the Cover Mode tab.  
Select the “Front Cover” and “Back Cover” check boxes.  
From the “Front Cover” and “Back Cover” drop-down lists, select the  
desired print settings.  
To print on the front cover and back cover, select “Print”. To only add  
a blank page, select “Blank”.  
4
Select the paper tray that contains the loaded paper for the front cover  
and back cover.  
Printing documents with a front cover/back cover from a post inserter  
1
2
Click the Cover Mode tab.  
Select the “Front Cover from Post Inserter” and the “Back Cover from  
Post Inserter” check boxes.  
3
Select the PI tray that contains the loaded paper for the Front Cover  
from Post Inserter function and the Back Cover from Post Inserter func-  
tion.  
C550  
5-24  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5
Note  
The Front Cover from Post Inserter function and the Back Cover from  
Post Inserter function are available only when an optional post inserter is  
installed.  
The Front Cover from Post Inserter function and the Back Cover from  
Post Inserter function cannot be specified when the Front Cover function  
and the Back Cover function are specified.  
Printing multiple pages  
You can specify the print type and paper tray for each page. This comes in  
handy when you want to change the paper tray during a print job when print-  
ing multiple pages.  
1
2
3
Click the Cover Mode tab.  
Select the “Per Page Setting” check box.  
From the “Per Page Setting” drop-down list, select the desired list  
name.  
4
5
Click the [Edit List] button.  
The Per Page Settings – Edit List dialog box for specifying the print set-  
tings appears.  
Click the [Add] button.  
A new row for specifying the print settings is added to “Settings List”.  
C550  
5-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5
6
Select the row that was added to the list, and then specify the print set-  
tings in “Add/Edit”.  
Page Number: Enters the page number. When entering multiple  
page numbers, separate the page numbers with commas such as  
“2, 4, 6” or enter a page range using a hyphen such as “6-10”.  
Print Type: Specifies Print Insert, Insert Blank Sheet, Print (1-Sid-  
ed), and Print (2-Sided).  
Paper Tray: Specifies the paper tray.  
Staple: Specifies the number of staples and the stapling position.  
7
Click the [OK] button.  
Note  
To change existing print settings, select the desired row and change the  
settings. To delete existing print settings, select the desired row, and  
then click the [Delete] button.  
Click the [Up] or the [Down] button to change the page number starting  
with the smallest page number.  
The list name can be changed by clicking the [Edit List Name] button.  
Printing with transparency interleaves  
If “Transparency” is selected as the paper type, you can select the “Trans-  
parency Interleave” check box to enable the transparency interleave setting.  
By selecting the “Transparency Interleave” check box, overhead projector  
transparencies can be inserted between the printed pages.  
1
2
3
Click the Cover Mode tab.  
Select the “Transparency Interleave” check box.  
From the “Transparency Interleave” drop-down list, specify the printing  
conditions.  
4
From the “Transparency Interleave” drop-down list, select the paper  
tray that contains the paper to be used.  
C550  
5-26  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5
5.6  
Specifying the Stamp/Composition tab settings  
Printing a watermark  
You can print specific text in the background as a watermark.  
1
2
3
Click the Stamp/Composition tab.  
Select the “Watermark” check box.  
From the list, select the watermark that you want to print.  
!
Detail  
For Windows Vista x64, the watermark function cannot be specified  
when the following functions are specified at the same time.  
User Authentication  
Account Track  
Per Page Setting  
Verify Authentication settings before printing  
Popup Authentication Dialog when printing  
C550  
5-27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5
Editing a watermark  
You can change the fonts and position of the watermark and you can register  
a new one.  
1
2
3
Click the Stamp/Composition tab.  
Select the “Watermark” check box.  
Click the [Edit] button under “Watermark”.  
The Edit Watermark dialog box appears.  
4
5
To create a watermark, click the [Add] button.  
To change a watermark, select the watermark from the “Current Wa-  
termark” list.  
Specify settings for the following:  
Watermark Name: Enters the name of the watermark.  
Watermark Text: Enters the text to be printed as a watermark.  
[Add]: Click to create a new watermark.  
[Delete]: Click to delete the selected watermark.  
Position: Specifies the vertical and horizontal positions. The water-  
mark position can also be specified by using the horizontal and ver-  
tical sliders in the dialog box.  
Text Angle: Specifies the watermark print angle.  
Font Name: Specifies the font.  
Size: Specifies the size.  
Style: Specifies the font style.  
Frame: Specifies the frame style.  
C550  
5-28  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5
Text Color: Specifies the watermark text color.  
Sharing: Specifies whether to register the watermark as public or  
private.  
Transparent: Prints the watermark as a transparent image.  
1st Page Only: Prints the watermark on the first page only.  
Repeat: Prints several watermarks on a single page.  
6
Click the [OK] button.  
Note  
Up to 30 watermarks can be registered with the shared setting, and up to  
20 watermarks can be registered with the private setting.  
Printing different original documents together (overlay)  
An original document can be printed on top of the overlay data that was cre-  
ated separately. This function comes in handy when creating fax cover let-  
ters or form letters.  
Note  
You must create and preregister the overlay file to be printed. For details,  
refer to “Editing an overlay file” on page 5-31.  
1
2
3
Create the print data using any application.  
From the [File] menu, select “Print”.  
Select this machine in “Printer Name”, and then click the [Properties]  
button or the [Preferences] button.  
4
Click the Stamp/Composition tab.  
C550  
5-29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5
5
Select the “Print in Overlay” check box.  
6
7
From the list, select the overlay that you want to print.  
Click the [Edit] button under “Print in Overlay”.  
The Edit Print In Overlay dialog box appears.  
C550  
5-30  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
Specify the overlay printing method.  
5
8
Pages: Specifies the pages to print.  
Overwrite: Specifies the sequence for printing the overlay on top of  
the original document.  
9
Click the [OK] button.  
The Stamp/Composition tab appears again.  
10 Click the [OK] button.  
The Print dialog box appears again.  
11 Click the [Print] button.  
The printing of the overlay is performed.  
Editing an overlay file  
To use an overlay, an overlay file must be created and added to the overlay  
file list. You can create and save a new overlay file by selecting the “Create  
Overlay File” check box, specifying the document that you want to create as  
an overlay file, then clicking the [Print] button on the Print dialog box. To add  
an existing overlay file that was created to the list, specify the file.  
C550  
5-31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5
Creating an overlay file  
1
2
3
Create the overlay file data using any application.  
From the [File] menu, select “Print”.  
Select this machine in “Printer Name”, and then click the [Properties]  
button or the [Preferences] button.  
4
5
Click the Stamp/Composition tab.  
Select the “Create Overlay File” check box.  
6
7
Click the [OK] button.  
The Print dialog box appears again.  
Click the [Print] button.  
The dialog box to save the overlay file appears.  
C550  
5-32  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5
8
Specify the storage location for the overlay file, enter the file name in  
the “File Name” box, and then enter the overlay name or a comment in  
the “Overlay Name” text box.  
9
Click the [Save] button.  
Instead of executing a print, the overlay file is saved and is added to  
the list to be used for the next operation. The file extension is “.KFO”.  
C550  
5-33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5
Registering an overlay file  
1
2
Click the Stamp/Composition tab.  
Click the [Edit] button under “Print in Overlay”.  
The Edit Print In Overlay dialog box appears.  
3
Click the [Browse Files] button to open the overlay file.  
The overlay file is added to the “Select Overlay File” list.  
Note  
By clicking the [Delete] button in the Edit Print In Overlay dialog box, the  
selected overlay file can be deleted from the overlay file list. The file itself  
is not deleted.  
C550  
5-34  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5
Printing with copy protection  
You can print a special pattern on an entire page while printing.  
When copying a printed page, the characters embedded in the pattern ap-  
pear to prevent an illegal copy.  
1
2
3
Click the Stamp/Composition tab.  
Select the “Copy Protect” check box.  
Click the [Edit] button under “Copy Protect”.  
The Edit Copy Protect dialog box appears.  
4
Specify the copy protection type and the position.  
Multiple print items can be specified.  
Characters: Embeds the selected character string in a pattern. A  
preregistered character string (common stamp) or a character  
string registered on this machine (registered stamp) can be speci-  
fied.  
Date/Time: Embeds the selected date and time in a pattern. By  
clicking the [Edit] button under “Format”, you can specify the dis-  
play type or the time format.  
C550  
5-35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5
Serial Number: Embeds the serial number of this machine in a pat-  
tern.  
Distribution Control Number: Embeds the number of copies in a  
pattern when printing multiple copies. By clicking the [Edit] button  
under “Start Number”, you can specify the start number or the dis-  
play type.  
Job Number: Embeds the print job number in a pattern for docu-  
ments that are automatically paginated.  
Text Size: Specifies the text size of a pattern.  
Angle: Specifies the pattern angle.  
5
Select the composition method for copy protection.  
Select “Copy Protect” to specify the desired results when copying, or  
simply select “Stamp Repeat”. In addition, you can select the embed-  
ding conditions.  
Pattern: Specifies the embedding method of a pattern.  
Pattern Overwrite: Specifies the order for printing a pattern on the  
original document.  
Background Pattern: Specifies the pattern background.  
Text/Background Color: Specifies the pattern color. The density  
and color contrast can be specified by clicking the [Adjust Color]  
button.  
6
Click the [OK] button.  
C550  
5-36  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5
Printing the date and page numbers  
You can print the date and page numbers on a document.  
1
2
Click the Stamp/Composition tab.  
Select the “Date/Time” or the “Page Number” check box.  
The “Date/Time” and “Page Number” check boxes can be selected at  
the same time.  
3
4
Click the [Edit] button under “Page Number”.  
The Edit Date/Time/Page Number dialog box appears.  
Specify the format and print position for the date, time, and page  
number.  
Format: Displays the format for the date and time to be printed. By  
clicking the [Edit] button, you can specify the display type or the  
time format.  
Pages: Specifies the pages to print the date and time.  
Text Color: Specifies the text color to print.  
Print Position: Specifies the print position.  
Starting Page: Specifies the page to start printing the page number.  
Starting Page Number: Specifies the start number for printing the  
page number.  
Cover Mode: If cover pages are attached, specifies whether to print  
the page number on the front cover page or the back cover page.  
5
Click the [OK] button.  
C550  
5-37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5
Printing a header and a footer  
1
2
3
Click the Stamp/Composition tab.  
Select the “Header/Footer” check box.  
From the drop-down list, select the Header/Footer setting.  
To specify the header and the footer details, continue with step 4.  
4
5
Click the [Edit] button under “Header/Footer”.  
The Edit Header/Footer dialog box appears.  
Specify the print settings and pages for the header and the footer.  
The number of digits for the distribution control number can be  
specified by clicking the [Edit] button.  
6
Click the [OK] button.  
C550  
5-38  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5
5.7  
Specifying the Quality tab settings  
Adjusting the color and quality  
1
2
Click the Quality tab.  
Specify settings for the following:  
Select Color  
Specifies the color for printing.  
Full Color: Prints in color.  
Grayscale: Prints in grayscale.  
2 Color: Prints the two colors selected from the drop-down list.  
Quality Adjustment  
Adjusts the image quality.  
Simple: Adjusts the entire document.  
Detail: Adjusts the text, photos, and charts of each object in a doc-  
ument.  
Color Settings  
Specifies the contents of the original document. Prints with a qual-  
ity suitable for the original document.  
Document: Prints with a quality suitable for documents with many  
characters.  
Photo: Prints with a quality suitable for photos.  
DTP: Prints with a quality suitable for documents produced using  
DTP.  
Web: Prints with a quality suitable for Web page printing.  
CAD: Prints with a quality suitable for CAD data printing.  
Resolution  
Displays the resolution. (The resolution cannot be changed on this  
machine.)  
Pattern  
Selects the print pattern.  
Image Compression  
Glossy Mode  
Specifies the compression ratio for an image.  
Prints using a gloss finish.  
C550  
5-39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5
Font Settings  
You can replace the TrueType fonts used in Windows with the printer fonts  
of this machine.  
1
2
3
Click the Quality tab.  
Click the [Font Settings] button.  
Specify settings for the following:  
Download Font Format: Selects the TrueType font downloading  
method.  
Use Printer Fonts: Replaces the TrueType fonts with the printer  
fonts.  
4
To use the printer fonts, change the fonts in “TrueType Font Substitu-  
tion Table” as necessary.  
From the list shown in the dialog box above, select the TrueType font  
that you want to replace, and then select the printer font from the  
“Printer Font to Use” drop-down list.  
C550  
5-40  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5
Note  
Using the printer fonts will shorten the printing time, however, there may  
be a difference in the screen display and the print results.  
By selecting the TrueType font download method from the “Download  
Font Format” drop-down list, you can select the TrueType font type to  
download when downloading the TrueType fonts and not using the print-  
er fonts. When using TrueType fonts, select the font type to be download-  
ed to the printer.  
C550  
5-41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5
5.8  
Specifying the Other tab settings  
Excel Job Control  
When printing multiple sheets in Microsoft Excel that  
have different page settings, the jobs may be separated  
by sheet depending on the data. Select this function to  
control jobs so that they are not separated.  
Remove White Back-  
ground  
When printing an overlay file over Microsoft PowerPoint  
data, removes the white part so that the white back-  
ground of the PowerPoint data does not conceal the  
overlay file. If this check box is cleared, the background  
is not removed and the job is printed according to the  
original document data.  
Thin Line Support  
When printing the document reduced, thin line may be blurred. Se-  
lect this function to prevent disappering the thin line.  
Check Driver Version  
Displays the version information of the printer driver.  
Note  
The “Excel Job Control” setting and the “Remove White Background”  
setting cannot be used with Windows XP Professional x64 or Windows  
Server 2003 x64.  
The “Excel Job Control” setting can only be changed when the printer  
driver dialog box is displayed from the Printers window (for Windows XP/  
Server 2003, Printers and Faxes window).  
C550  
5-42  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5
5.9  
Specifying the Configure tab settings  
Selecting a model name and an option  
The functions of this machine can be used from the printer driver if the model  
name, the installed options, and the user authentication and account track  
functions are specified.  
Reminder  
If the installed options and the user authentication and account track  
functions are not specified on the Configure tab, the option functions  
cannot be used from the printer driver. When installing options or using  
the authentication function, be sure to make the proper settings.  
1
For Windows 2000/NT 4.0, click the [Start] button, point to “Settings”,  
and then click “Printers”.  
For Windows XP/Server 2003, click the [Start] button, and then click  
“Printers and Faxes”.  
For Windows Vista, click the [Start] button, and then click “Control pan-  
el”, “Hardware and Sound”, and “Printers”.  
If “Printers and Faxes” does not appear in the Start menu in Win-  
dows XP/Server 2003, open the Control Panel from the Start menu,  
select “Printers and Other Hardware”, and then select “Printers and  
Faxes”.  
C550  
5-43  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5
For Windows Vista, if the control panel is in the classic view, dou-  
ble-click “Printers”.  
2
3
4
5
6
7
Right-click the icon of the installed printer, and then click “Properties”.  
Click the Configure tab.  
From “Device Option”, select “Model”.  
Select the model to be used from the “Setting” drop-down list.  
Select the options to be specified under “Device Option”.  
Select the status of the option that is installed from the “Setting” drop-  
down list.  
Note  
Click the [Acquire Device Information] button to communicate with this  
machine and read the status of the settings specified on this machine.  
You cannot use this function if you are not connected to or able to com-  
municate with this machine. The connection can be specified by clicking  
the [Acquire Settings] button.  
Specifying the paper tray  
You can register the paper size, paper orientation, and paper type for the pa-  
per that is loaded in a paper tray.  
Reminder  
If the paper loaded in this machine and the paper specified from the print-  
er driver are different, printing cannot be performed correctly. Be sure to  
make the proper settings.  
1
2
Click the Configure tab.  
Click the [Paper Tray Settings] button.  
The Paper Tray Settings dialog box appears.  
C550  
5-44  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5
3
Select the desired tray in “Paper Tray Information”, and then specify  
the paper size, paper orientation, and paper type.  
4
Click the [OK] button.  
Note  
The paper type for a paper tray can also be specified from the Basic tab.  
For details, refer to “Specifying the Basic tab settings” on page 5-7.  
Specify “Duplex Side 2” to print on the back side of a page.  
Changing an encryption passphrase  
You can specify an encryption passphrase when it is user defined by com-  
municating with this machine.  
The encryption key is automatically generated according to the entered char-  
acters and it is used to communicate with this machine.  
Reminder  
Specify “Encrypt. Passphrase” according to the encryption passphrase  
that was specified in “Driver Password Encryption Setting” of this ma-  
chine. For details, refer to “Driver Password Encryption Setting” on  
page 9-43.  
1
Click the Configure tab.  
C550  
5-45  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5
2
3
Select the “Encrypt. Passphrase” check box.  
Enter the encryption passphrase in the “Encrypt. Passphrase” text box.  
Starting up a software tool  
You can start up tools such as PageScope Web Connection that can be used  
by this machine.  
1
2
3
Click the Configure tab.  
From the “Software Tools” drop-down list, select the function.  
Click the [Start] button.  
C550  
5-46  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5
5.10 Specifying the Settings tab settings  
Specifying the default settings  
You can change the default settings for displaying the confirmation messag-  
es or the dialog box for entering the authentication settings.  
1
For Windows 2000/NT 4.0, click the [Start] button, point to “Settings”,  
and then click “Printers”.  
For Windows XP/Server 2003, click the [Start] button, and then click  
“Printers and Faxes”.  
For Windows Vista, click the [Start] button, and then click “Control pan-  
el”, “Hardware and Sound”, and “Printers”.  
If “Printers and Faxes” does not appear in the Start menu in Win-  
dows XP/Server 2003, open the Control Panel from the Start menu,  
select “Printers and Other Hardware”, and then select “Printers and  
Faxes”.  
For Windows Vista, if the control panel is in the classic view, dou-  
ble-click “Printers”.  
2
3
4
Right-click the icon of the installed printer, and then click “Properties”.  
Click the Settings tab.  
Specify settings for the following:  
C550  
5-47  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5
EMF Spool: When using an original system environment, select this  
check box if a metafile (EMF) spool is required.  
Display Constraint Message: Specifies whether to display a mes-  
sage when functions that cannot be specified at the same time  
were enabled from the printer driver.  
Display paper set in Print Server Properties: Specifies whether to  
use the paper that was added in [Server Properties] of the printer  
folder.  
Verify Authentication settings before printing: Specifies whether to  
verify the authentication settings for this machine before printing. A  
message appears if the results verified are not compatible.  
Popup Authentication Dialog when printing: Displays the User Au-  
thentication/Account Track dialog box when a print job is specified  
to enter a user name or a department name.  
Registering custom paper sizes  
You can register the custom paper sizes that you use often. The paper reg-  
istered is shown in the paper size list and can be selected like the other paper  
sizes.  
1
2
Click the Settings tab.  
Click the [Save Custom Size] button.  
The Save Custom Size dialog box appears.  
3
Click the [Add] button.  
C550  
5-48  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
The new paper size is added to “List of Custom Size”.  
5
4
5
Specify the paper name and size.  
Click the [OK] button.  
Note  
Up to 10 custom paper sizes can be registered.  
Up to 16 characters can be entered in the “Paper Name” text box.  
From the Save Custom Size dialog box, the selected custom paper size  
can be deleted by clicking the [Delete] button. To edit a custom paper  
size, select the custom paper size and change the paper name and paper  
size.  
C550  
5-49  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5
5.11 Saving the driver settings  
You can save the setting values of the changed driver and recall them as  
necessary.  
Saving the driver settings  
1
2
Change the driver settings from the Basic tab and the Layout tab.  
Click the [Add] button next to the “Favorite Setting” drop-down list.  
3
Specify settings for the following:  
C550  
5-50  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5
Name: Enters the specified registration name.  
Icon: Specifies the icon. The settings can be registered even if the  
icon is not specified.  
Sharing: Specifies whether to register the specified file as public or  
private.  
Comment: Enters the detailed description of the specified file, if  
necessary.  
4
Click the [OK] button.  
The specified settings are registered in the “Favorite Setting” drop-  
down list.  
Note  
Up to 30 shared settings and up to 20 private settings can be registered.  
Up to 30 characters can be entered in the “Name” text box. Up to 255  
characters can be entered in the “Comment” text box.  
Only the administrator can select a setting under “Sharing”.  
The settings that were specified can also be saved (exported) to a file. For  
details, refer to “Importing and exporting the driver settings” on  
page 5-53.  
Recalling the settings  
You can select the settings to recall from the “Favorite Setting” drop-down  
list on the Printing Preferences dialog box.  
The setting values are recalled, and the settings for the printer driver are  
changed.  
C550  
5-51  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5
Editing the settings  
You can edit the recalled function items such as the specified names and  
comments.  
1
2
In the Printing Preferences dialog box, click the [Edit] button next to the  
“Favorite Setting” drop-down list.  
From the list, select the specified name that you want to change, and  
then change the setting.  
To delete a setting, click the [Delete] button.  
To switch the order displayed, click the [Up] button or the [Down] but-  
ton.  
3
Click the [Option] button, select the check box of the function that you  
want to recall, and then click the [OK] button.  
4
Click the [OK] button.  
C550  
5-52  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5
Note  
The specified settings of the driver functions cannot be changed.  
Importing and exporting the driver settings  
You can also save (export) or read (import) the settings that were specified  
to a file. This comes in handy when you want to use the same settings on an-  
other computer.  
1
2
In the Printing Preferences dialog box, click the [Edit] button next to the  
“Favorite Setting” drop-down list.  
From the list, select the specified name that you want to export, and  
then click the [Export] button.  
The dialog box to save the specified file appears.  
3
Specify the location to save the file and enter the file name.  
4
Click the [Save] button.  
The specified file is created. The file extension is “.KSF”.  
Note  
To read the specified file that was saved in the “Favorite Setting” drop-  
down list, click the [Import] button and specify the file.  
C550  
5-53  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Setting up the PCL driver (Windows)  
5
C550  
5-54  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
6
Setting up the PostScript driver (Win-  
dows)  
6.1  
Settings  
Common settings  
The following describes the common settings and buttons that are displayed  
on all tabs.  
Button  
Function  
OK  
Click this button to close the dialog box and apply any settings that  
have been changed.  
Cancel  
Click this button to cancel any settings that have been changed and  
close the dialog box.  
Help  
Click this button to display the help for each item on the currently  
displayed dialog box.  
Add (Favorite Setting)  
Click this button to save the current settings and to view them at a  
later time.  
Edit (Favorite Setting)  
Default  
Click this button to change the saved settings.  
Click this button to return the settings to their defaults, which were  
selected when the driver was installed.  
C550  
6-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
Button  
Function  
Printer Information  
Click this button to start up PageScope Web Connection and check  
the information of the machine. This is enabled when communica-  
tion with the machine is possible.  
View  
When the [Paper View] button is clicked, a preview of the page lay-  
out as specified in the current settings is displayed and a preview  
image of the print job can be checked.  
When the [Printer View] button is clicked, a printer figure is dis-  
played showing any options, such as the paper tray, that are in-  
stalled on this machine.  
Paper  
Printer  
Note  
To enable any installed options, you must specify the Device Option set-  
tings. For details, refer to “Specifying the Configure tab settings” on  
page 6-45.  
Basic tab  
Item  
Function  
Original Orientation  
Original Size  
Paper Size  
Specifies the orientation of the original document.  
Specifies the size of the original document.  
Specifies the output paper size. Automatically enlarges or reduc-  
es when the Original Size setting is changed.  
Zoom  
Specifies the enlargement and reduction ratio.  
Selects the paper tray for printing.  
Paper Tray  
Paper Type  
Output Method  
Selects the paper type for printing.  
For non-conventional printing, selects special output methods  
such as “Secure Print” or “Save in User Box”.  
[User Settings]  
Specifies the ID and password, or the file name and box number  
when performing “Secure Print” or “Save in User Box”.  
[Authentication/Account  
Track]  
Specifies the user name and password when performing user  
authentication, and the department name and password when  
performing account track on this machine.  
Copies  
Collate  
Specifies the number of copies to print.  
Specifies whether to print multiple copies in sets.  
C550  
6-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
Item  
Function  
Offset  
When printing multiple copies, shifts the output position of each  
set.  
Paper Settings for Each Tray Specifies the paper type for each paper tray.  
Layout tab  
Item  
Function  
Combination  
Prints multiple pages on one page. Details can be specified  
by clicking the [Combination Details] button.  
Rotate 180  
Prints the image rotated 180°.  
Chapters  
Specifies the page to be printed on the front side.  
Specifies duplex printing and booklet printing.  
Specifies the binding position.  
Print Type  
Binding Position  
Binding Margin  
Specifies the binding margin. Click the [Binding Margin  
Settings] button to specify the margin values.  
Image Shift  
Prints by shifting the entire print image. Click the [Image  
Shift Settings] button to specify the image shift values.  
Finish tab  
Item  
Function  
Staple  
Specifies stapling.  
Center Staple and Fold  
Punch  
Specifies to saddle stitch a printed document.  
Specifies hole punching.  
Fold  
Specifies folding.  
Output Tray  
Paper Arrangement  
Specifies the tray where to output the printed pages.  
Specifies the method for adjusting the binding position.  
Cover Mode tab  
Item  
Function  
Front Cover  
Attaches a front cover page.  
Front Cover Tray  
Back Cover  
Selects the paper tray for the front cover.  
Attaches a back cover page.  
Back Cover Tray  
Front Cover from Post Inserter  
Back Cover from Post Inserter  
Selects the paper tray for the back cover.  
Attaches a front cover from the post inserter.  
Attaches a back cover from the post inserter.  
C550  
6-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
Item  
Function  
Per Page Setting  
Inserts paper between pages and switches the paper and  
tray for each page.  
Transparency Interleave  
Interleave Tray  
Outputs and inserts interleaves when printing overhead  
projector transparencies.  
Selects the input tray for the transparency interleaves.  
Stamp/Composition tab  
Item  
Function  
Watermark  
Prints a watermark (text stamp) on the page being printed.  
Watermarks can be added, changed, or deleted by clicking  
the [Edit] button.  
Create Overlay File  
Prints an original document on top of an overlay that was  
created separately.  
Copy Protect  
Date/Time  
Prints a special pattern to prevent copying.  
Prints the date and time.  
Page Number  
Header/Footer  
Prints the page number.  
Prints a header and a footer.  
Quality tab  
Item  
Function  
Select Color  
Quality Adjustment  
Specifies the color for printing.  
Adjusts the image quality. You can select “Simple” to ad-  
just entire documents or “Detailed” to adjust the text, pho-  
tos, and charts in the document.  
The profile can also be controlled.  
Color Settings  
Glossy Mode  
Prints with a quality suitable for the selected original docu-  
ment.  
Prints with a gloss.  
Font Settings  
Download Font Selects whether the fonts are downloaded to the printer as  
Format  
bitmap or outline.  
Use Printer  
Fonts  
Selects whether to use TrueType fonts or the printer fonts  
when printing.  
Other tab  
Item  
Function  
Excel Job Control  
Controls jobs so that they are not separated when print-  
ing in Microsoft Excel.  
Check Driver Version  
Displays the version information of the printer driver.  
C550  
6-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
Advanced tab  
Item  
Function  
Advanced Printing Features  
Specifies whether to enable detailed print functions (book-  
let).  
PostScript Output Option  
Specifies the PostScript file output format.  
Send PostScript Error Handler  
Specifies whether to print an error report when a PostScript  
error occurs.  
Mirrored Output  
Reverses horizontally, then prints.  
PostScript Pass through  
Allows applications to print directly without using a GDI.  
Device Settings tab  
Item  
Function  
Font Substitution Table  
Specifies the replacement of TrueType fonts with printer  
fonts.  
Available PostScript Memory  
Output Protocol  
Specifies the usable PostScript memory size.  
Specifies the protocol for transmitting to the printer.  
Specifies whether to reset printer before printing.  
Specifies whether to reset printer after printing.  
Send CTRL-D Before Each Job  
Send CTRL-D After Each Job  
Convert Gray Text to PostScript  
Gray  
Specifies whether to convert gray text in a document to  
PostScript gray.  
Convert Gray Graphics to Post-  
Script Gray  
Specifies whether to convert gray graphics in a document  
to PostScript gray.  
Add Euro Currency Symbol to  
PostScript Fonts  
Specifies whether to convert the Euro currency symbol in a  
document to PostScript fonts.  
Job Timeout  
Printer stops printing when a print job is not completed  
within the specified time.  
Wait Timeout  
Printer stops printing when the printer does not receive  
data within the specified time from when the job was sent.  
Minimum Font Size to Download- Specifies the minimum font size (pixels) when downloading  
ed as Outline  
TrueType fonts as outline fonts. Fonts smaller than the min-  
imum specified size are downloaded as bitmap fonts.  
Maximum Font Size to Download Specifies the maximum font size (pixels) when download-  
as Bitmap  
ing TrueType fonts as bitmap fonts. Fonts larger than the  
maximum specified size are downloaded as outline fonts.  
Note  
To display the Device Settings tab in Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003/Vis-  
ta, right-click the icon of the installed printer, and then click “Properties”.  
C550  
6-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
Configure tab  
Item  
Function  
Specifies the status of the options that are installed on this  
Device Option  
machine and the status of the user authentication and ac-  
count track functions. Specify the status of each item from  
the “Setting” drop-down list.  
Paper Tray Information  
Shows the paper type specified for each tray. Click the [Pa-  
per Tray Settings] button to specify the settings for each  
paper tray.  
Acquire Device Information  
Acquire Settings  
Communicates with this machine to read the status of the  
installed options.  
Specifies the status of the connection that executes getting  
the option information.  
Encrypt. Passphrase  
Software Tools  
Enters the encryption passphrase when it is user defined  
by communicating with this machine.  
Starts up software tools such as PageScope Web Connec-  
tion.  
Note  
To display the Configure tab in Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003/Vista,  
right-click the icon of the installed printer, and then click “Properties”.  
You cannot use the [Acquire Device Information] function if you are not  
connected to or able to communicate with this machine.  
Settings tab  
Item  
Function  
Display Constraint Message  
Displays a message when functions that cannot be speci-  
fied at the same time were enabled from the printer driver.  
Display paper set in Print Server  
Properties.  
Uses the paper that was added in [Server Properties] of the  
printer folder.  
Verify Authentication settings be- Verifies the authentication settings for this machine before  
fore printing  
printing and displays a message if the settings are not com-  
patible.  
Popup Authentication Dialog  
when printing  
Displays the User Authentication/Account Track dialog box  
when a print job is specified to enter the user name and de-  
partment name.  
Note  
To display the Settings tab in Windows 2000/XP/Server 2003/Vista, right-  
click the icon of the installed printer, and then click “Properties”.  
C550  
6-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
6.2  
Specifying the Basic tab settings  
Printing to suit the paper size  
You can enlarge or reduce documents created when printing to match the  
output paper size.  
1
2
Click the Basic tab.  
From the “Original Size” and “Paper Size” drop-down lists, select the  
desired settings.  
You can also specify any enlargement or reduction ratio in the  
“Zoom” box.  
Note  
“12 × 18” paper size is one size larger than A3 paper size at 504.8 × 457.2  
mm.  
To print on paper sizes other than the standard sizes, be sure to set the  
custom paper sizes in Custom Size Settings first.  
When “W” is selected for each standard paper size from the printer driv-  
er, the data can be centered and printed.  
For example, if A4 size data is created and you want to center and print  
on A3 size paper, select “A4W” as the paper size and “Tray 1” or “Bypass  
Tray” as the paper tray from the printer driver.  
C550  
6-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
To print, load A3 size paper in the tray (“Tray 1” or “Bypass Tray”) of this  
machine that was specified from the printer driver, and then specify the  
settings described below from [Basic (Paper)] – [Change Tray Settings] –  
[Wide Paper] in the control panel.  
“A4W”.  
Enter the A3 paper size (420.0 × 297.0) in [Change Size].  
Specifying a custom size  
When printing on paper of a custom size, you can specify the paper size val-  
ues by following the procedure described below.  
1
From the “Original Size” or the “Paper Size” drop-down list, select  
“Custom Size”.  
The Custom Size Settings dialog box appears.  
2
Specify settings for the following:  
Width: Specifies the width of the custom paper size according to  
the selected measurement unit.  
Length: Specifies the length of the custom paper size according to  
the selected measurement unit.  
Unit: Selects the measurement unit that specifies the size.  
3
Click the [OK] button.  
Selecting the paper tray  
You can specify the paper you want to use for printing by selecting the paper  
tray that contains the loaded paper.  
1
2
Click the Basic tab.  
From the “Paper Tray” drop-down list, select the desired paper tray.  
C550  
6-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
Note  
If “Auto” is specified as the paper tray, you can select the paper type. If  
the paper tray setting is changed to a setting other than “Auto”, the paper  
type is fixed to its preregistered setting. Specify a paper type by clicking  
the [Paper Settings for Each Tray] button. For details, refer to “Specifying  
the paper type for a paper tray” on page 6-9.  
Specifying the paper type for a paper tray  
You can specify the paper type for a paper tray.  
1
2
Click the Basic tab.  
Click the [Paper Settings for Each Tray] button.  
The Paper Settings for Each Tray dialog box appears.  
3
From “Paper Type Settings”, select the desired paper tray, and then  
select the paper type to be specified from the “Paper Type” drop-down  
list.  
4
Click the [OK] button.  
C550  
6-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
Note  
The current specified settings can be checked in “Device Status”.  
Click the [Restore Device Status] button to communicate with this ma-  
chine and read the status of the settings specified on this machine. You  
cannot use this function if you are not connected to or able to communi-  
cate with this machine.  
The paper type for a paper tray can also be specified from the Configure  
tab, and the paper size and paper orientation can be specified as well.  
For details, refer to “Specifying the Configure tab settings” on page 6-45.  
Specify “Duplex Side 2” to print on the back side of a page.  
Selecting the output method  
Not only can you print directly, but you can select “Secure Print”, which re-  
quires a password to print, or “Save in User Box”, which saves data in the  
boxes that were created on the HDD.  
1
2
Click the Basic tab.  
From the “Output Method” drop-down list, select the output method.  
Print: Prints immediately.  
Secure Print: Saves the document to be printed in “Secure Print  
User Box” of this machine. When printing, you are required to enter  
the ID and password in this machine’s control panel. Select when  
printing highly confidential documents.  
Save in User Box: Saves the document to be printed in a box on this  
machine.  
Save in User Box and Print: Saves the document in a box and prints  
at the same time.  
Proof Print: After a part of the document has been printed, this ma-  
chine stops printing temporarily. Select to avoid misprinting a large  
volume of print jobs.  
C550  
6-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
Secure Print  
If “Secure Print” was selected, enter the ID and password in the dialog box  
that appeared.  
Note  
The ID and password that are required for “Secure Print” can be prereg-  
istered by clicking the [User Settings] button under “Output Method”. If  
the ID and password are already registered, the dialog box to enter the  
ID and password does not appear when “Secure Print” is selected.  
To print, specify “Secure Print Document Box” from the Box mode in this  
machine’s control panel, and then enter the ID and password. For details,  
refer to “Print job management” on page 9-46. For details on the box  
functions of this machine, refer to the User’s Guide [Box Operations].  
When password rules are enabled on this machine, the passwords that  
can be used for secured printing are limited and the jobs are deleted  
when a password that does not comply with the password rule is  
entered. For the password rules, refer to the User’s Guide [Copy  
Operations].  
C550  
6-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
Save in User Box  
When “Save in User Box” or “Save in User Box and Print” is selected, specify  
the file name to be saved and the box number for the save location in the di-  
alog box that appears for entering the file name and box number.  
Note  
The file name and box number that are required for “Save in User Box”  
can be preregistered by clicking the [User Settings] button under “Output  
Method”. If the file name and box number are already registered, the di-  
alog box to enter the file name and box number does not appear when  
“Save in User Box” is selected.  
Be sure to create the box of the save location in advance with the box  
function of this machine. For details on the box functions of this machine,  
refer to the User’s Guide [Box Operations].  
When password rules are enabled on this machine, specify the box that  
was created on this machine.  
C550  
6-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
Proof Print  
When a print job is sent, this machine stops printing temporarily after part of  
the document has been printed. The remaining print job is stored in this ma-  
chine as a print job. When printing multiple copies, you can print the remain-  
ing part of the print job after checking the print results.  
Note  
To print the document, release the held document from the Job mode in  
this machine’s control panel. For details, refer to “Print job management”  
on page 9-46.  
Specifying the user authentication settings  
If the user authentication settings have been specified on this machine, you  
must enter a user name and password.  
Reminder  
If a job is printed using a user name or password that is not a registered  
der “User Authentication”, the operation is not authenticated by this ma-  
chine and the job is canceled.  
If the user authentication settings are specified on this machine and the  
authentication operation restriction function is in mode 2, the applicable  
user is locked and cannot be accessed if the authentication information  
is not entered correctly.  
If the user authentication settings are not specified on the Configure tab,  
user authentication cannot be performed. If using the user authentication  
function, be sure to specify the settings on the Configure tab. For details,  
refer to “Specifying the Configure tab settings” on page 6-45.  
1
2
Click the Basic tab.  
Click the [Authentication/Account Track] button.  
C550  
6-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
Select “Recipient User”, and then enter the user name and password.  
6
3
4
Click the [OK] button.  
Note  
If this machine has been set to permit public users, the machine can be  
used without a user name and password.  
If performing user authentication on a server, the server settings must be  
specified. Click the [Server Setting] button to select the server.  
Click the [Verify] button to communicate with this machine and to check  
whether authentication can be performed with the user that was entered.  
You cannot use this function if you are not connected to or able to com-  
municate with this machine.  
If printing is not allowed, printing cannot be performed even when used  
by a registered user. For details on the user authentication function, con-  
sult the administrator of this machine.  
If performing user authentication with an optional authentication unit, en-  
ter the user name and password in step 3. For details, refer to the oper-  
ation manual of the authentication unit.  
C550  
6-14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
Specifying the account track settings  
If the account track settings have been specified on this machine, you must  
enter a department name and password.  
Reminder  
If a job is printed using a department name or password that is not a reg-  
Track” selected, the operation is not authenticated by this machine and  
the job is canceled.  
When the account track settings are specified on this machine, the au-  
thentication operation restriction function is in mode 2, and the authenti-  
cation information is not entered correctly, the applicable account is  
locked and cannot be accessed.  
If the account track settings are not specified on the Configure tab, ac-  
count track cannot be performed. If using the account track function, be  
sure to specify the settings on the Configure tab. For details, refer to  
“Specifying the Configure tab settings” on page 6-45.  
1
2
3
Click the Basic tab.  
Click the [Authentication/Account Track] button.  
Enter the department name and password.  
4
Click the [OK] button.  
C550  
6-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
Note  
Click the [Verify] button to communicate with this machine and to check  
whether authentication can be performed with the user that was entered.  
You cannot use this function if you are not connected to or able to com-  
municate with this machine.  
If printing is not allowed, printing cannot be performed even when used  
by a registered account. For details on the account track function, con-  
sult the administrator of this machine.  
C550  
6-16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
6.3  
Specifying the Layout tab settings  
Printing multiple pages on one page (N in 1)  
You can specify to print multiple pages of text on one page with N in 1 print-  
ing.  
1
2
Click the Layout tab.  
Select the “Combination” check box, and then specify the setting from  
the drop-down list.  
To change the “Border” settings, click the [Combination Details] button, and  
then change the settings in the dialog box that appears.  
C550  
6-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
Reminder  
When printing a job that contains pages of different sizes and orienta-  
tions, images may be missing or overlapping when the document is print-  
ed.  
Chapters  
You can specify the page you want to print on the front side when duplex  
printing or booklet printing.  
Even if a specified page comes up to be printed on the back side in duplex  
printing or booklet printing, the specified page is moved and printed on the  
front side.  
1
2
3
Click the Layout tab.  
Select the “Chapters” check box.  
Enter the page number of the page you want to print on the front side.  
Note  
When entering multiple page numbers, separate the page numbers with  
commas such as “2, 4, 6” or enter a page range using a hyphen such as  
“6-10”.  
The “Chapters” check box can only be selected when the duplex printing  
or the booklet printing setting is enabled.  
Specifying duplex/booklet printing  
You can print a document onto both sides of a page or in a booklet format  
(two facing pages). This comes in handy when you want to bind multiple-  
page documents.  
1
2
Click the Layout tab.  
From the “Print Type” drop-down list, select “2-Sided” or “Booklet”.  
Note  
The binding position can be specified from the “Binding Position” drop-  
down list.  
C550  
6-18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
Setting the binding margin  
Binding margins are added to the document before it is printed.  
1
2
3
4
Click the Layout tab.  
From the “Binding Position” drop-down list, select the binding position.  
Select the “Binding Margin” check box.  
To set the width of the binding margin, click the [Binding Margin Set-  
tings] button, and then specify the desired settings in the Binding Mar-  
gin Settings dialog box that appears.  
Shift Mode: To add a binding margin, select how the image is to be  
shifted.  
Front Side/Back Side: Sets the binding margin values. By clearing  
the “Same value for front and back sides” check box, you can  
specify separate values for the front and back sides.  
Unit: Selects the measurement unit that specifies the size.  
C550  
6-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
Shifting images  
The entire print image of a document is shifted and then printed. You can use  
this function when you want to adjust the print position.  
1
2
3
Click the Layout tab.  
Select the “Image Shift” check box.  
To set the image shift settings, click the [Image Shift Settings] button,  
and then specify the desired settings in the Image Shift Settings dialog  
box that appears.  
Unit: Selects the measurement unit that specifies the size.  
Front Side/Back Side: Specifies the shift direction and sets the val-  
ues. By clearing the “Same value for Front and Back sides” check  
box, you can set separate values for the front and back sides.  
C550  
6-20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
6.4  
Specifying the Finish tab settings  
Stapling  
Multiple-page documents can be stapled.  
Reminder  
The staple function is available only when the optional finisher is installed.  
1
2
3
Click the Finish tab.  
Select the “Staple” check box.  
From the drop-down list, specify the number of staples and the sta-  
pling position.  
Note  
Specify the staple position noting the binding position specified in “Bind-  
ing Position”.  
C550  
6-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
Specifying the center staple and fold setting  
You can specify to center staple and fold a printed document. By specifying  
the center staple and fold setting, printed documents can be folded in half  
and stapled.  
Reminder  
The center staple and fold function is available only when optional finisher  
FS-608 is installed.  
1
2
Click the Finish tab.  
Select the “Center Staple and Fold” check box.  
Note  
The center staple and fold function cannot be specified when the staple,  
punch, or fold function is specified.  
The center staple function and the thick paper function cannot be spec-  
ified when finisher FS-608 is installed.  
Hole punching  
Holes can be punched into the printed document.  
Reminder  
The hole punch function is available only when the punch kit is installed  
on the optional finisher.  
1
2
3
Click the Finish tab.  
Select the “Punch” check box.  
From the drop-down list, specify the number of punched holes.  
Note  
The hole-punch position changes according to the binding position spec-  
ified from “Binding Position”.  
The number of punch holes that can be selected may vary depending on  
the punch kit that is installed.  
C550  
6-22  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
Folding  
You can specify to fold a printed document.  
Reminder  
The fold function is available only when optional finisher FS-608 is in-  
stalled.  
1
2
3
Click the Finish tab.  
Select the “Fold” check box.  
From the drop-down list, specify the folding condition.  
Note  
The fold function cannot be specified when the staple, punch, or saddle  
stitch function is specified.  
Specifying the output tray  
You can specify the tray to which the printed document is output.  
1
2
Click the Finish tab.  
From the “Output Tray” drop-down list, specify the output tray.  
Specifying the procedure for adjusting the binding position  
You can specify the procedure for adjusting the binding position for duplex  
printing.  
If “Prioritize Arranging Papers” is selected, all pages can be processed to a  
suitable quality by this machine because the binding position is adjusted af-  
ter all the print data is received. If “Prioritize Productivity” is selected, the  
printing process is performed efficiently because the binding position is ad-  
justed while the data is printed simultaneously as it is being received.  
If you want to increase the print efficiency, select “Prioritize Productivity”. If  
the desired binding position and width cannot be achieved, select “Prioritize  
Arranging Papers”.  
1
2
Click the Finish tab.  
From the “Paper Arrangement” drop-down list, specify the processing  
method.  
C550  
6-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
6.5  
Specifying the Cover Mode tab settings  
Printing documents with a front cover/back cover  
1
2
3
Click the Cover Mode tab.  
Select the “Front Cover” and “Back Cover” check boxes.  
From the “Front Cover” and “Back Cover” drop-down lists, select the  
desired print settings.  
To print on the front cover and back cover, select “Print”. To only add  
a blank page, select “Blank”.  
4
Select the paper tray that contains the loaded paper for the front cover  
and back cover.  
Printing documents with a front cover/back cover from a post inserter  
1
2
Click the Cover Mode tab.  
Select the “Front Cover from Post Inserter” and the “Back Cover from  
Post Inserter” check boxes.  
3
Select the PI tray that contains the loaded paper for the Front Cover  
from Post Inserter function and the Back Cover from Post Inserter func-  
tion.  
C550  
6-24  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
Note  
The Front Cover from Post Inserter function and the Back Cover from  
Post Inserter function are available only when an optional post inserter is  
installed.  
The Front Cover from Post Inserter function and the Back Cover from  
Post Inserter function cannot be specified when the Front Cover function  
and the Back Cover function are specified.  
Printing multiple pages  
You can specify the print type and paper tray for each page. This comes in  
handy when you want to change the paper tray during a print job when print-  
ing multiple pages.  
1
2
3
Click the Cover Mode tab.  
Select the “Per Page Setting” check box.  
From the “Per Page Setting” drop-down list, select the desired list  
name.  
4
5
Click the [Edit List] button.  
The Per Page Settings – Edit List dialog box for specifying the print set-  
tings appears.  
Click the [Add] button.  
C550  
6-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
A new row for specifying the print settings is added to “Settings List”.  
6
7
Select the row that was added to the list, and then specify the print set-  
tings in “Add/Edit”.  
Page Number: Enters the page number. When entering multiple  
page numbers, separate the page numbers with commas such as  
“2, 4, 6” or enter a page range using a hyphen such as “6-10”.  
Print Type: Specifies Print Insert, Insert Blank Sheet, Print (1-Sid-  
ed), and Print (2-Sided).  
Paper Tray: Specifies the paper tray.  
Staple: Specifies the number of staples and the stapling position.  
Click the [OK] button.  
C550  
6-26  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
Note  
To change existing print settings, select the desired row and change the  
settings. To delete existing print settings, select the desired row, and  
then click the [Delete] button.  
Click the [Up] button or the [Down] button to change the page number  
starting with the smallest page number.  
The list name can be changed by clicking the [Edit List Name] button.  
Printing with transparency interleaves  
If “Transparency” is selected as the paper type, you can select the “Trans-  
parency Interleave” check box to enable the transparency interleave setting.  
By selecting the “Transparency Interleave” check box, overhead projector  
transparencies can be inserted between the printed pages.  
1
2
3
Click the Cover Mode tab.  
Select the “Transparency Interleave” check box.  
From the “Transparency Interleave” drop-down list, specify the printing  
conditions.  
4
From the “Transparency Interleave” drop-down list, select the paper  
tray that contains the paper to be used.  
C550  
6-27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
6.6  
Specifying the Stamp/Composition tab settings  
Printing a watermark  
You can print specific text in the background as a watermark.  
1
2
3
Click the Stamp/Composition tab.  
Select the “Watermark” check box.  
From the list, select the watermark that you want to print.  
!
Detail  
For Windows Vista x64, the watermark function cannot be specified  
when the following functions are specified at the same time.  
User Authentication  
Account Track  
Per Page Setting  
Verify Authentication settings before printing  
Popup Authentication Dialog when printing  
C550  
6-28  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
Editing a watermark  
You can change the fonts and position of the watermark and you can register  
a new one.  
1
2
3
Click the Stamp/Composition tab.  
Select the “Watermark” check box.  
Click the [Edit] button under “Watermark”.  
The Edit Watermark dialog box appears.  
4
5
To create a watermark, click the [Add] button.  
To change a watermark, select the watermark from the “Current Wa-  
termark” list.  
Specify settings for the following:  
Watermark Name: Enters the name of the watermark.  
Watermark Text: Enters the text to be printed as a watermark.  
[Add]: Click to create a new watermark.  
[Delete]: Click to delete the selected watermark.  
Position: Specifies the vertical and horizontal positions. The water-  
mark position can also be specified by using the horizontal and ver-  
tical sliders in the dialog box.  
Text Angle: Specifies the watermark print angle.  
Font Name: Specifies the font.  
Size: Specifies the size.  
Style: Specifies the font style.  
C550  
6-29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
Frame: Specifies the frame style.  
Text Color: Specifies the watermark text color.  
Sharing: Specifies whether to register the watermark as public or  
private.  
Transparent: Prints the watermark as a transparent image.  
1st Page Only: Prints the watermark on the first page only.  
Repeat: Prints several watermarks on a single page.  
6
Click the [OK] button.  
Note  
Up to 30 watermarks can be registered with the shared setting, and up to  
20 watermarks can be registered with the private setting.  
Printing different original documents together (overlay)  
An original document can be printed on top of the overlay data that was cre-  
ated separately. This function comes in handy when creating fax cover let-  
ters or form letters.  
Note  
You must create and preregister the overlay file to be printed. For details,  
refer to “Editing an overlay file” on page 6-32.  
1
2
3
Create the print data using any application.  
From the [File] menu, select “Print”.  
Select this machine in “Printer Name”, and then click the [Properties]  
button or the [Preferences] button.  
4
Click the Stamp/Composition tab.  
C550  
6-30  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
5
Select the “Print in Overlay” check box.  
6
7
From the list, select the overlay that you want to print.  
Click the [Edit] button under “Print in Overlay”.  
The Edit Print In Overlay dialog box appears.  
C550  
6-31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
Specify the overlay printing method.  
6
8
Pages: Specifies the pages to print.  
Overwrite: Specifies the sequence for printing the overlay on top of  
the original document.  
9
Click the [OK] button.  
The Stamp/Composition tab appears again.  
10 Click the [OK] button.  
The Print dialog box appears again.  
11 Click the [Print] button.  
The printing of the overlay is performed.  
Editing an overlay file  
To use an overlay, an overlay file must be created and added to the overlay  
file list. You can create and save a new overlay file by selecting the “Create  
Overlay File” check box, specifying the document that you want to create as  
an overlay file, then clicking the [Print] button on the Print dialog box. To add  
an existing overlay file that was created to the list, specify the file.  
C550  
6-32  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
Creating an overlay file  
1
2
3
Create the overlay file data using any application.  
From the [File] menu, select “Print”.  
Select this machine in “Printer Name”, and then click the [Properties]  
button or the [Preferences] button.  
4
5
Click the Stamp/Composition tab.  
Select the “Create Overlay File” check box.  
6
7
Click the [OK] button.  
The Print dialog box appears again.  
Click the [Print] button.  
The dialog box to save the overlay file appears.  
C550  
6-33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
8
Specify the storage location for the overlay file, enter the file name in  
the “File Name” box, and then enter the overlay name or a comment in  
the “Overlay Name” text box.  
9
Click the [Save] button.  
Instead of executing a print, the overlay file is saved and is added to  
the list to be used for the next operation. The file extension is “.KFO”.  
C550  
6-34  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
Registering an overlay file  
1
2
Click the Stamp/Composition tab.  
Click the [Edit] button under “Print in Overlay”.  
The Edit Print In Overlay dialog box appears.  
3
Click the [Browse Files] button to open the overlay file.  
The overlay file is added to the “Select Overlay File” list.  
Note  
By clicking the [Delete] button in the Edit Print In Overlay dialog box, the  
selected overlay file can be deleted from the overlay file list. The file itself  
is not deleted.  
C550  
6-35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
Printing with copy protection  
You can print a special pattern on an entire page while printing.  
When copying a printed page, the characters embedded in the pattern ap-  
pear to prevent an illegal copy.  
1
2
3
Click the Stamp/Composition tab.  
Select the “Copy Protect” check box.  
Click the [Edit] button under “Copy Protect”.  
The Edit Copy Protect dialog box appears.  
4
Specify the copy protection type and the position.  
Multiple print items can be specified.  
Characters: Embeds the selected character string in a pattern. A  
preregistered character string (common stamp) or a character  
string registered on this machine (registered stamp) can be speci-  
fied.  
Date/Time: Embeds the selected date and time in a pattern. By  
clicking the [Edit] button under “Format”, you can specify the dis-  
play type or the time format.  
C550  
6-36  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
Serial Number: Embeds the serial number of this machine in a pat-  
tern.  
Distribution Control Number: Embeds the number of copies in a  
pattern when printing multiple copies. By clicking the [Edit] button  
under “Start Number”, you can specify the start number or the dis-  
play type.  
Job Number: Embeds the print job number in a pattern for docu-  
ments that are automatically paginated.  
Text Size: Specifies the text size of a pattern.  
Angle: Specifies the pattern angle.  
5
Select the composition method for copy protection.  
Select “Copy Protect” to specify the desired results when copying, or  
simply select “Stamp Repeat”. In addition, you can select the embed-  
ding conditions.  
Pattern: Specifies the embedding method of a pattern.  
Pattern Overwrite: Specifies the order for printing a pattern on the  
original document.  
Background Pattern: Specifies the pattern background.  
Text/Background Color: Specifies the pattern color. The density  
and color contrast can be specified by clicking the [Adjust Color]  
button.  
6
Click the [OK] button.  
C550  
6-37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
Printing the date and page numbers  
You can print the date and page numbers on a document.  
1
2
Click the Stamp/Composition tab.  
Select the “Date/Time” or the “Page Number” check box.  
The “Date/Time” and “Page Number” check boxes can be selected at  
the same time.  
3
4
Click the [Edit] button under “Page Number”.  
The Edit Date/Time/Page Number dialog box appears.  
Specify the format and print position for the date, time, and page  
number.  
Format: Displays the format for the date and time to be printed. By  
clicking the [Edit] button, you can specify the display type or the  
time format.  
Pages: Specifies the pages to print the date and time.  
Text Color: Specifies the text color to print.  
Print Position: Specifies the print position.  
Starting Page: Specifies the page to start printing the page number.  
Starting Page Number: Specifies the start number for printing the  
page number.  
Cover Mode: If cover pages are attached, specifies whether to print  
the page number on the front cover page or the back cover page.  
5
Click the [OK] button.  
C550  
6-38  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
Printing a header and a footer  
1
2
3
Click the Stamp/Composition tab.  
Select the “Header/Footer” check box.  
From the drop-down list, select the Header/Footer setting.  
To specify the header and the footer details, continue with step 4.  
4
5
Click the [Edit] button under “Header/Footer”.  
The Edit Header/Footer dialog box appears.  
Specify the print settings and pages for the header and the footer.  
The number of digits for the distribution control number can be  
specified by clicking the [Edit] button.  
6
Click the [OK] button.  
C550  
6-39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
6.7  
Specifying the Quality tab settings  
Adjusting the color and quality  
1
2
Click the Quality tab.  
Specify settings for the following:  
Select Color  
Specifies the color for printing.  
Full Color: Prints in color.  
Grayscale: Prints in grayscale.  
Quality Adjustment  
Color Settings  
Adjusts the image quality. Simple: Adjusts the entire docu-  
ment. Detail : Specifies the color matching and the ICC pro-  
file for the text, photos, and charts of each object in a  
document.  
Specifies the contents of the original document. Prints with  
a quality suitable for the original document. Document:  
Prints with a quality suitable for documents with many  
characters. Photo: Prints with a quality suitable for photos.  
DTP: Prints with a quality suitable for documents produced  
using DTP. Web: Prints with a quality suitable for Web page  
printing. CAD: Prints with a quality suitable for CAD data  
printing.  
Resolution  
Displays the resolution. (The resolution cannot be changed  
on this machine.)  
Glossy Mode  
Prints using a gloss finish.  
C550  
6-40  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
Controlling the color profile  
You can add or delete the ICC profile that can be selected when adjusting  
the details of the image.  
1
2
Click the Quality tab.  
Click the [Quality Adjustment] button.  
The Quality Adjustment dialog box appears.  
3
Click the [Manage Profile] button.  
The Color Profile Management dialog box appears.  
The profile list that can be used and that was acquired from this ma-  
chine appears.  
C550  
6-41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
4
Click the tab and select the color profile type.  
5
6
From the Available Profile list, select the profile to be used, and then  
click the [Add] button.  
To add a profile to the current driver settings, click the [New] button,  
and then enter the file name in the “File Name” text box and the pro-  
file name in the “Profile Name” text box.  
The profile name can be changed in the “File Name” text box or the  
“Profile Name” text box.  
To download the profile data to the printer, use a “DownloadMan-  
ager (bizhub)” application. For details, refer to the user’s manual of  
“DownloadManager (bizhub)”.  
The selected profile is added to “Driver Profile List” and can be select-  
ed from the ICC profile settings.  
Click the [OK] button.  
Note  
“Color Profile Management” communicates with this machine and reads  
the profile that this machine can use. You cannot use this function if you  
are not connected to or able to communicate with this machine.  
C550  
6-42  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
Font Settings  
You can replace the TrueType fonts used in Windows with the printer fonts  
of this machine.  
1
2
3
Click the Quality tab.  
Click the [Font Settings] button.  
Specify settings for the following:  
Download Font Format: Selects the TrueType font downloading  
method.  
Use Printer Fonts: Replaces the TrueType fonts with the printer  
fonts.  
Note  
Using the printer fonts will shorten the printing time, however, there may  
be a difference in the screen display and the print results.  
By selecting the TrueType font download method from the “Download  
Font Format” drop-down list, you can select the TrueType font type to  
download when downloading the TrueType fonts and not using the print-  
er fonts. When using TrueType fonts, select the font type to be download-  
ed to the printer.  
Specify the font replacement list from the Device Settings tab.  
C550  
6-43  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
6.8  
Specifying the Other tab settings  
Excel Job Control  
When printing multiple sheets in Microsoft Excel that have  
different page settings, the jobs may be separated by sheet  
depending on the data. Select this function to control jobs  
so that they are not separated.  
Check Driver Version  
Displays the version information of the printer driver.  
Note  
The “Excel Job Control ”setting cannot be used with Windows XP Pro-  
fessional x64 or Windows Server 2003 x64.  
The “Excel Job Control” setting can only be changed when the printer  
driver dialog box is displayed from the Printers window (for Windows XP/  
Server 2003, Printers and Faxes window).  
C550  
6-44  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
6.9  
Specifying the Configure tab settings  
Selecting a model name and an option  
The functions of this machine can be used from the printer driver if the model  
name, the installed options, and the user authentication and account track  
functions are specified.  
Reminder  
If the installed options and the user authentication and account track  
functions are not specified on the Configure tab, the option functions  
cannot be used from the printer driver. When installing options or using  
the authentication function, be sure to make the proper settings.  
1
For Windows 2000, click the [Start] button, point to “Settings”, and  
then click “Printers”.  
For Windows XP/Server 2003, click the [Start] button, and then click  
“Printers and Faxes”.  
For Windows Vista, click the [Start] button, and then click “Control pan-  
el”, “Hardware and Sound”, and “Printers”.  
C550  
6-45  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
If “Printers and Faxes” does not appear in the Start menu in Win-  
dows XP/Server 2003, open the Control Panel from the Start menu,  
select “Printers and Other Hardware”, and then select “Printers and  
Faxes”.  
For Windows Vista, if the control panel is in the classic view, dou-  
ble-click “Printers”.  
2
3
4
5
6
7
Right-click the icon of the installed printer, and then click “Properties”.  
Click the Configure tab.  
From “Device Option”, select “Model”.  
Select the model to be used from the “Setting” drop-down list.  
Select the options to be specified under “Device Option”.  
Select the status of the option that is installed from the “Setting” drop-  
down list.  
Note  
Click the [Acquire Device Information] button to communicate with this  
machine and read the status of the settings specified on this machine.  
You cannot use this function if you are not connected to or able to com-  
municate with this machine. The connection can be specified by clicking  
the [Acquire Settings] button.  
Specifying the paper tray  
You can register the paper size, paper orientation, and paper type for the pa-  
per that is loaded in a paper tray.  
Reminder  
If the paper loaded in this machine and the paper specified from the print-  
er driver are different, printing cannot be performed correctly. Be sure to  
make the proper settings.  
1
2
Click the Configure tab.  
Click the [Paper Tray Settings] button.  
The Paper Tray Settings dialog box appears.  
C550  
6-46  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
3
Select the desired tray in “Paper Tray Information”, and then specify  
the paper size, paper orientation, and paper type.  
4
Click the [OK] button.  
Note  
The paper type for a paper tray can also be specified from the Basic tab.  
For details, refer to “Specifying the Basic tab settings” on page 6-7.  
Specify “Duplex Side 2” to print on the back side of a page.  
Changing an encryption passphrase  
You can specify an encryption passphrase when it is user defined by com-  
municating with this machine.  
The encryption key is automatically generated according to the entered char-  
acters and it is used to communicate with this machine.  
Reminder  
Specify “Encrypt. Passphrase” according to the encryption passphrase  
that was specified in “Driver Password Encryption Setting” of this ma-  
chine. For details, refer to “Driver Password Encryption Setting” on  
page 9-43.  
1
Click the Configure tab.  
C550  
6-47  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
2
3
Select the “Encrypt. Passphrase” check box.  
Enter the encryption passphrase in the “Encrypt. Passphrase” text box.  
Starting up a software tool  
You can start up tools such as PageScope Web Connection that can be used  
by this machine.  
1
2
3
Click the Configure tab.  
From the “Software Tools” drop-down list, select the function.  
Click the [Start] button.  
C550  
6-48  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
6.10 Specifying the Settings tab settings  
Specifying the default settings  
You can change the default settings for displaying the confirmation messag-  
es or the dialog box for entering the authentication settings.  
1
For Windows 2000, click the [Start] button, point to “Settings”, and  
then click “Printers”.  
For Windows XP/Server 2003, click the [Start] button, and then click  
“Printers and Faxes”.  
For Windows Vista, click the [Start] button, and then click “Control pan-  
el”, “Hardware and Sound”, and “Printers”.  
If “Printers and Faxes” does not appear in the Start menu in Win-  
dows XP/Server 2003, open the Control Panel from the Start menu,  
select “Printers and Other Hardware”, and then select “Printers and  
Faxes”.  
For Windows Vista, if the control panel is in the classic view, dou-  
ble-click “Printers”.  
2
3
Right-click the icon of the installed printer, and then click “Properties”.  
Click the Settings tab.  
C550  
6-49  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
Specify settings for the following:  
6
4
Display Constraint Message: Specifies whether to display a mes-  
sage when functions that cannot be specified at the same time  
were enabled from the printer driver.  
Display paper set in Print Server Properties: Specifies whether to  
use the paper that was added in [Server Properties] of the printer  
folder.  
Verify Authentication settings before printing: Specifies whether to  
verify the authentication settings for this machine before printing. A  
message appears if the results verified are not compatible.  
Popup Authentication Dialog when printing: Displays the User Au-  
thentication/Account Track dialog box when a print job is specified  
to enter a user name or a department name.  
Note  
If custom paper sizes are used regularly, add the paper size to [Server  
Properties] of the printer folder. If the “Display paper set in Print Server  
Properties” check box is selected, the paper size can be selected from  
the paper size list.  
C550  
6-50  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
6.11 Saving the driver settings  
You can save the setting values of the changed driver and recall them as  
necessary.  
Saving the driver settings  
1
2
Change the driver settings from the Basic tab and the Layout tab.  
Click the [Add] button next to the “Favorite Setting” drop-down list.  
C550  
6-51  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
Specify settings for the following:  
6
3
Name: Enters the specified registration name.  
Icon: Specifies the icon. The settings can be registered even if the  
icon is not specified.  
Sharing: Specifies whether to register the specified file as public or  
private.  
Comment: Enters the detailed description of the specified file, if  
necessary.  
4
Click the [OK] button.  
The specified settings are registered in the “Favorite Setting” drop-  
down list.  
Note  
Up to 30 shared settings and up to 20 private settings can be registered.  
Up to 30 characters can be entered in the “Name” text box. Up to 255  
characters can be entered in the “Comment” text box.  
Only the administrator can select a setting under “Sharing”.  
The settings that were specified can also be saved (exported) to a file. For  
details, refer to “Importing and exporting the driver settings” on  
page 6-55.  
C550  
6-52  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
Recalling the settings  
You can select the settings to recall from the “Favorite Setting” drop-down  
list on the Printing Preferences dialog box.  
The setting values are recalled, and the settings for the printer driver are  
changed.  
Editing the settings  
You can edit the recalled function items such as the specified names and  
comments.  
1
2
In the Printing Preferences dialog box, click the [Edit] button next to the  
“Favorite Setting” drop-down list.  
From the list, select the specified name that you want to change, and  
then change the setting. To delete a setting, click the [Delete] button.  
To switch the order displayed, click the [Up] button or the [Down] but-  
ton.  
C550  
6-53  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
3
Click the [Option] button, select the check box of the function that you  
want to recall, and then click the [OK] button.  
4
Click the [OK] button.  
Note  
The specified settings of the driver functions cannot be changed.  
C550  
6-54  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
Importing and exporting the driver settings  
You can also save (export) or read (import) the settings that were specified  
to a file. This comes in handy when you want to use the same settings on an-  
other computer.  
1
2
In the Printing Preferences dialog box, click the [Edit] button next to the  
“Favorite Setting” drop-down list.  
From the list, select the specified name that you want to export, and  
then click the [Export] button.  
The dialog box to save the specified file appears.  
3
Specify the location to save the file and enter the file name.  
4
Click the [Save] button.  
The specified file is created. The file extension is “.KSF”.  
C550  
6-55  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Setting up the PostScript driver (Windows)  
6
Note  
To read the specified file that was saved in the “Favorite Setting” drop-  
down list, click the [Import] button and specify the file.  
C550  
6-56  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS 9.2)  
7
7
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS 9.2)  
7.1  
Settings  
The functions of this machine can be specified on the Page Setup and Print  
dialog boxes displayed from an application.  
The settings can only be applied while using the application. When the ap-  
plication is exited, the settings return to their defaults.  
Page Setup dialog box  
Page Setup items  
Menu  
Page Attributes Paper  
Orientation  
Item  
Function  
Specifies the paper size.  
Specifies the orientation.  
Scale  
Specifies the enlargement and reduction ratio.  
Prints the image flipped horizontally.  
Prints the image flipped vertically.  
Prints a negative image.  
PostScript  
Options  
Flip Horizontal  
Flip Vertical  
Invert Image  
Substitute Fonts  
Smooth Text  
Smooth Graphics  
Replaces some fonts with printer fonts.  
Smooths text data.  
Smooths graphic data.  
Precision Bitmap Alignment Corrects jagged graphic images.  
Unlimited Downloadable  
Fonts  
Does not limit downloading screen fonts.  
C550  
7-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS 9.2)  
7
Menu  
Item  
Function  
Custom Page  
Sizes  
Paper Size  
Specifies any paper size.  
Specifies the paper margins.  
Enters the registered name for the specified  
Margins  
Custom Page Size Name  
paper size and margin after the [OK] button is  
clicked.  
Units  
Selects the specified unit.  
Note  
Depending on the application, “Page Setup” may be displayed as “Paper  
Setup”. In addition, you may have to select “Paper Setup” – “Options”  
from the “File” menu.  
The dialog boxes differ depending on the application.  
Print dialog box  
Print items  
Menu  
Item  
Function  
Page Attributes Copies  
Collated  
Specifies the number of copies to print.  
Prints multiple copies in sets.  
Specifies the print range to print.  
Selects the paper tray.  
Pages  
Paper Source  
C550  
7-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS 9.2)  
7
Menu  
Item  
Function  
Color Matching Print Color  
Intent  
Specifies the color for printing.  
Selects the matching method.  
Printer Profile  
Specifies the color adjustment profile of the  
output device.  
Background  
Printing  
Print in  
Specifies background printing.  
Print Time  
Specifies the priority level and print time.  
Specifies the PostScript file output format.  
Specifies the PostScript level.  
Save as File  
Format  
PostScript Level  
Data Format  
Font Inclusion  
Specifies the format to save a document.  
Specifies whether to include the font data on a  
file.  
Font Settings  
Layout  
Font Documentation  
Font Downloading  
Pages per sheet  
Adds information to the font key.  
Specifies the conditions to download fonts.  
Specifies the number of pages to print on one  
page.  
Layout direction  
Specifies the page order for printing multiple  
pages on one page.  
Border  
Specifies the borders around pages.  
Job Logging  
If there is a PostScript error Specifies the PostScript error report condi-  
tions.  
Job Documentation  
Specifies the conditions for the operation  
record to be saved.  
Job Documentation Folder Specifies the folder to which the operation  
record is to be saved.  
Cover Page  
Print Cover Page  
Cover Page Paper Source  
Offset  
Attaches a cover.  
Selects the paper tray for the cover.  
Specifies offset.  
Finishing Op-  
tions 1  
Output Tray  
Binding Position  
Print Type  
Selects the output tray.  
Specifies the binding position.  
Performs duplex printing.  
Performs booklet printing.  
Performs stapling.  
Combination  
Staple  
Punch  
Performs hole punching.  
C550  
7-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS 9.2)  
7
Menu  
Item  
Function  
Finishing Op-  
tions 2  
Fold  
Performs folding.  
Front Cover  
Attaches a front cover page.  
Selects the paper tray for the front cover.  
Attaches a back cover page.  
Selects the paper tray for the back cover.  
Front Cover Tray  
Back Cover  
Back Cover Tray  
PI Front Cover  
PI Back Cover  
Transparency Interleave  
Attaches a front cover from the post inserter.  
Attaches a back cover from the post inserter.  
Finishing Op-  
tions 3  
Inserts interleaves between overhead projector  
transparencies.  
Interleave Tray  
Output Method  
Selects the paper tray for the transparency in-  
terleaves.  
Stops printing temporarily after part of the doc-  
ument has been printed so that the proof print  
can be checked.  
Resolution  
Specifies the print resolution.  
Select Color  
Glossy Mode  
Color Settings  
Specifies whether to print in color or grayscale.  
Prints using a gloss finish.  
Prints with a quality suitable for the original  
document.  
Finishing Op-  
tions 4  
Color Matching (Text)  
Pure Black (Text)  
Adjusts the color quality of the text in a docu-  
ment.  
Specifies whether to enable grayscale of the  
text in a document.  
Screen (Text)  
Specifies screening of the text in a document.  
Color Matching (Photo)  
Adjusts the color quality of photos in a docu-  
ment.  
Pure Black (Photo)  
Specifies whether to enable grayscale of pho-  
tos in a document.  
Screen (Photo)  
Specifies screening of photos in a document.  
Specifies smoothing of photos in a document.  
Smoothing (Photo)  
Color Settings (Graphic)  
Finishing Op-  
tions 5  
Adjusts the color quality of a chart and graph in  
a document to the text or photo settings.  
Smoothing (Graphic)  
Adjusts the smoothing process of a chart and  
graph in a document to the text or photo set-  
tings.  
Note  
The dialog boxes differ depending on the application.  
C550  
7-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS 9.2)  
7
7.2  
Page Setup  
Page Attributes (basic settings)  
1
2
Select “Page Setup” or “Paper Setup” from the [File] menu.  
Select “Page Attributes”.  
3
Specify settings for the following:  
Paper: Specifies the paper size.  
Orientation: Specifies the orientation.  
Scale: Specifies the enlargement and reduction ratio.  
Note  
The folding function can be selected from the screen that is displayed  
when “Layout” is selected in the Print dialog box.  
C550  
7-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS 9.2)  
7
Custom Page Sizes  
1
2
3
4
Select “Page Setup” or “Paper Setup” from the [File] menu.  
Select “Custom Page Sizes”.  
Click the [New] button.  
Specify settings for the following:  
Paper Size: Specifies the paper size.  
Margins: Specifies the paper margins.  
Custom Page Size Name: Enter the registered name for the speci-  
fied paper size and margins, and then click the [OK] button.  
Units: Selects the specified unit.  
5
Click the [OK] button.  
This saves the custom page size, which can be selected from the “Pa-  
per” drop-down list when “Page Attributes” is selected.  
C550  
7-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS 9.2)  
7
PostScript Options  
1
2
3
Select “Page Setup” or “Paper Setup” from the [File] menu.  
Select “PostScript Options”.  
Specify settings for the following:  
Visual Effects: Provides “Flip Horizontal”, “Flip Vertical”, and “Invert  
Image” (negative image).  
Substitute Fonts: Replaces some fonts with printer fonts.  
Smooth Text: Smooths text data.  
Smooth Graphics: Smooths graphic data.  
Precision Bitmap Alignment: Corrects jagged graphic images.  
Unlimited Downloadable Fonts: Does not limit downloading screen  
fonts.  
C550  
7-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS 9.2)  
7
7.3  
Printing  
General (basic settings)  
1
2
From the [File] menu, select “Print”.  
Select “General”.  
3
Specify settings for the following:  
Copies: Specifies the number of copies to print.  
Collated: Prints multiple copies in sets.  
Pages: Specifies the print range to print.  
Paper Source: Selects the paper tray.  
C550  
7-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS 9.2)  
7
Layout (printing multiple pages on one page)  
You can specify to print multiple pages on one page.  
1
2
3
From the [File] menu, select “Print”.  
Select “Layout”.  
Specify settings for the following:  
Pages per sheet: Specifies the number of pages to print on one  
page.  
Layout direction: Specifies the page order for printing multiple pag-  
es on one page.  
Border: Specifies the borders around pages.  
C550  
7-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS 9.2)  
7
Printer specific options (Finishing Options 1 to 5)  
You can specify printer-specific options. You can specify these options  
when using the staple or hole punch functions of this machine.  
1
2
3
From the [File] menu, select “Print”.  
Select “Finishing Options 1 to 5”.  
Specify settings for the following:  
Offset: Specifies offset.  
Output Tray: Selects the output tray.  
Binding Position: Specifies the binding position.  
Print Type: Performs duplex printing.  
Combination: Performs booklet printing.  
Staple: Performs stapling.  
Punch: Performs hole punching.  
Fold: Performs folding.  
Front Cover: Attaches a front cover page.  
Front Cover Tray: Selects the paper tray for the front cover.  
Back Cover: Attaches a back cover page.  
Back Cover Tray: Selects the paper tray for the back cover.  
PI Front Cover: Attaches a front cover from the post inserter.  
PI Back Cover: Attaches a back cover from the post inserter.  
Transparency Interleave: Inserts interleaves between overhead pro-  
jector transparencies.  
Interleave Tray: Selects the paper tray for the transparency inter-  
leaves.  
Output Method: Stops printing temporarily after part of the docu-  
ment has been printed so that the proof print can be checked.  
Resolution: Specifies the resolution.  
Select Color: Specifies whether to print in color or grayscale.  
Glossy Mode: Prints using a gloss finish.  
Color Settings: Prints with a quality suitable for the original docu-  
ment.  
Color Matching (Text): Adjusts the color quality of the text in a doc-  
ument.  
Pure Black (Text): Specifies whether to enable grayscale of the text  
in a document.  
Screen (Text): Specifies screening of the text in a document.  
Color Matching (Photo): Adjusts the color quality of photos in a  
document.  
Pure Black (Photo): Specifies whether to enable grayscale of pho-  
tos in a document.  
Screen (Photo): Specifies screening of photos in a document.  
Smoothing (Photo): Specifies screening of photos in a document.  
C550  
7-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS 9.2)  
7
Color Settings (Graphic): Adjusts the color quality of a chart and  
graph in a document to the text or photo settings.  
Smoothing (Graphic): Adjusts the smoothing process of a chart and  
graph in a document to the text or photo settings.  
Reminder  
The staple function is available only when the optional finisher is installed.  
The hole punch function is available only when the punch kit is installed  
on the optional finisher.  
The folding function is available only when optional finisher FS-608 is in-  
stalled.  
C550  
7-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS 9.2)  
7
7.4  
Setting options  
You can specify the options installed on this machine so that they can be  
used from the printer driver.  
Reminder  
If the installed options on this machine are not set from “Installable Op-  
tions”, the option function cannot be used with the printer driver. When  
installing options, be sure to make the proper settings.  
1
2
3
4
On the Apple menu, click “Chooser”.  
Select the printer name.  
Click the [Create] button.  
Click the [Configure] button.  
The setting screen for adding options appears.  
5
6
Select the options that are installed on this machine from the Options  
Installed 1 dialog box and the Options Installed 2 dialog box.  
Click the [OK] button.  
The Chooser window appears again.  
7
Close the Chooser window.  
Note  
The option settings are displayed automatically the first time the printer  
driver is selected. For details, refer to “Selecting a printer” on page 2-25.  
C550  
7-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS X)  
8
8
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS X)  
8.1  
Settings  
The functions of this machine can be specified on the Page Setup and Print  
dialog boxes recalled from the application.  
The settings can only be applied while using the application. When the ap-  
plication is quit, the settings return to their default settings.  
Page Setup dialog box  
Page Setup items  
Menu  
Item  
Function  
Page Attributes Paper Size  
Specifies the paper size.  
Specifies the orientation.  
Specifies the enlargement and reduction ratio.  
Orientation  
Scale  
Custom Paper  
Size  
Paper Size (Page size) Specifies any paper size.  
*2  
Printer Margins  
Specifies the paper margins.  
C550  
8-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS X)  
8
Note  
Depending on the application, “Page Setup” may be displayed as “Paper  
Setup”. In addition, you may have to select “Paper Setup” – “Options”  
from the “File” menu.  
The dialog boxes differ depending on the application.  
The items indicated by *2 are displayed only in Mac OS 10.2 and Mac OS  
10.3.  
Print dialog box  
Print items  
Menu  
Item  
Function  
Copies & Pages  
Copies  
Specifies the number of copies to print.  
Prints multiple copies in sets.  
Specifies the print range to print.  
Specifies the number of pages to print on one page.  
Specifies the document page order.  
Specifies the borders around pages.  
Saves data to a file.  
Collated  
Pages  
Layout  
Pages per Sheet  
Layout Direction  
Border  
*2  
Output Options  
Save as File  
Format  
Specifies the format for saving data to a file.  
Specifies the print time.  
*1  
Scheduler  
Print Document  
Priority  
Specifies the priority level.  
C550  
8-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS X)  
8
Menu  
Item  
Function  
*1  
Paper Handling  
Reverse Page Order Prints pages in the reverse order.  
(Page Order)  
Print  
Selects the pages for printing.  
Specifies the output paper size.  
Destination paper  
*3  
size  
*1  
ColorSync  
Color Conversion  
Quartz Filter  
Specifies the color conversion method.  
Specifies the color for printing.  
*1  
Cover Page  
Print Cover Page  
Cover Page Type  
Specifies whether to attach a cover page.  
Selects to print “Confidential” or other comments on  
the cover page.  
Billing Info  
Enters the user information used for billing.  
Error Handling  
Output Method  
PostScript Errors  
Specifies whether to print an error report when a  
PostScript error occurs.  
Tray Switching  
Switches the paper source tray. (This function can-  
not be selected on this machine.)  
Collate  
Prints multiple copies in sets.  
Specifies offset.  
Offset  
Output Method  
Specifies output methods, such as “Secure Print”  
and “Save in User Box”.  
User Authentication Select to perform user authentication and specify the  
user name and password.  
Account Track  
Select to perform account track and specify the de-  
partment name and password.  
Layout/Finish  
Print Type  
Specifies duplex printing and booklet printing.  
Specifies the binding position.  
Binding Position  
Poster Mode  
Prints one sheet of an original document divided on  
multiple pages.  
Overlap width line  
Rotate 180  
Image Shift  
Chapters  
Prints an overlap width line on split pages.  
Prints the image rotated 180°.  
Prints by shifting the entire print image.  
Specifies the page to be printed on the front side.  
Specifies stapling.  
Staple  
Punch  
Specifies hole punching.  
Fold & Staple  
Specifies to fold and saddle stitch a printed docu-  
ment.  
Paper Arrangement Specifies the method for adjusting the binding posi-  
tion.  
C550  
8-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS X)  
8
Menu  
Item  
Function  
Paper Tray/Out-  
put Tray  
Paper Tray  
Paper Type  
Selects the paper tray for printing.  
Selects the paper type for printing.  
Specifies the paper type for each paper tray.  
Paper Settings for  
Each Tray  
Output Tray  
Front Cover  
Back Cover  
Specifies the tray where to output the printed pages.  
Attaches a front cover page.  
Cover Mode/  
Transparency In-  
terleave  
Attaches a back cover page.  
PI Front Cover  
PI Back Cover  
Attaches a front cover from the post inserter.  
Attaches a back cover from the post inserter.  
Transparency Inter- Outputs and inserts interleaves when printing over-  
leave  
head projector transparencies.  
Per Page Setting Per Page Setting  
Inserts paper between pages and switches the pa-  
per and tray for each page.  
Stamp/Composi- Copy Protect  
Prints a special pattern to prevent copying.  
Prints the date and time.  
tion  
Date/Time  
Page Number  
Header/Footer  
Prints the page number.  
Prints a header and a footer.  
Specifies the color for printing.  
Prints with a gloss.  
Quality  
Select Color  
Glossy Mode  
Color Settings  
Prints with a quality suitable for the selected original  
document.  
Quality Adjustment  
Adjusts the image quality. You can select “Simple” to  
adjust entire documents or “Detailed” to adjust the  
text, photos, and charts in the document.  
The profile can also be controlled.  
Note  
The dialog boxes differ depending on the application.  
The items indicated by *1 are displayed only in Mac OS 10.3 and Mac OS  
10.4.  
The items indicated by *2 are displayed only in Mac OS 10.3.  
The items indicated by *3 are displayed only in Mac OS 10.4.  
C550  
8-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS X)  
8
Common settings in the Print dialog box  
The following describes the common settings that are displayed by the spe-  
cific operations (Output Method, Layout/Finish, Paper Tray/Output Tray,  
Cover Mode/Transparency Interleave, and Per Page Setting) for this ma-  
chine.  
Item  
Function  
Paper View  
A preview of the page layout as specified in the current settings is  
displayed and a preview image of the print job can be checked.  
Detailed Information  
Printer Information  
Default  
Shows the current settings with text.  
Displays the status of the installed options.  
Click this button to return the settings to their defaults, which were  
selected when the driver was installed.  
C550  
8-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS X)  
8
Note  
Click the [Acquire Device Information] button on the Printer Information  
dialog box to communicate with this machine and read the status of the  
settings specified on this machine. You cannot use this function if you are  
not connected to or able to communicate with this machine.  
C550  
8-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS X)  
8
8.2  
Page Setup  
Page Attributes (basic settings)  
1
2
3
Select “Page Setup” or “Paper Setup” from the [File] menu.  
Select “Page Attributes”.  
Specify settings for the following:  
Paper Size: Specifies the paper size.  
Orientation: Specifies the orientation.  
Scale: Specifies the enlargement and reduction ratio.  
Note  
“12 × 18” paper size is one size larger than A3 paper size at 504.8 × 457.2  
mm.  
To print on paper sizes other than the standard sizes, be sure to set the  
custom paper sizes in Custom Page Sizes first.  
When “W” is selected for each standard paper size from the printer driv-  
er, the data can be centered and printed.  
For example, if A4 size data is created and you want to center and print  
on A3 size paper, select “A4W” as the paper size and “Tray 1” or “Bypass  
Tray” as the paper tray from the printer driver.  
To print, load A3 size paper in the tray (“Tray 1” or “Bypass Tray”) of this  
machine that is specified from the printer driver, and then specify the set-  
tings described below from [Basic (Paper)] – [Change Tray Settings] –  
C550  
8-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS X)  
[Wide Paper] in the control panel.  
8
Select “A4W”.  
Enter the A3 paper size (420.0 × 297.0) in [Change Size].  
Custom Page Sizes  
1
2
Select “Page Setup” or “Paper Setup” from the [File] menu.  
For Mac OS 10.4, select “Manage Custom Sizes” from the “Paper Size”  
drop-down list.  
For Mac OS 10.2 and Mac OS 10.3, select “Custom Paper Size” from  
“Settings”.  
3
4
5
Click the [New] (Mac OS 10.2/10.3) or the [+] (Mac OS 10.4) button.  
Enter the paper size name.  
Specify settings for the following:  
Page Size (Paper Size): Specifies any paper size.  
Printer Margins: Specifies the paper margins.  
6
7
For Mac OS X 10.4, continue with step 7.  
For Mac OS 10.2 and Mac OS 10.3, click the [Save] button.  
Click the [OK] button.  
This saves the custom paper size, which can be selected from the “Pa-  
per Size” drop-down list that is displayed when “Page Attributes” is se-  
lected.  
C550  
8-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS X)  
8
8.3  
Printing  
General settings  
1
2
3
From the [File] menu, select “Print”.  
Select “Copies & Pages”.  
Specify settings for the following:  
Copies: Specifies the number of copies to print.  
Collated: Prints multiple copies in sets.  
Pages: Specifies the print range to print.  
C550  
8-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS X)  
8
8.4  
Output Method  
Collate: Prints multiple copies in sets.  
Offset: Specifies offset.  
Output Method: Specifies the output method. For details, refer to “Selecting  
the output method” on page 8-11.  
User Authentication: Performs user authentication. For details, refer to  
“Specifying the user authentication settings” on page 8-14.  
Account Track: Performs account track. For details, refer to “Specifying the  
account track settings” on page 8-15.  
Detail Settings: Displays the functions for which the setting details have been  
specified.  
C550  
8-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS X)  
8
Selecting the output method  
Not only can you print directly, but you can select “Secure Print”, which re-  
quires a password to print, or “Save in User Box”, which saves data in the  
boxes that were created on the HDD.  
From the “Output Method” drop-down list, select the output method.  
Print: Prints immediately.  
Secure Print: Saves the document to be printed in “Secure Print User Box”  
of this machine. When printing, you are required to enter the ID and pass-  
word in this machine’s control panel. Select when printing highly confidential  
documents.  
Save in User Box: Saves the document to be printed in a box on this ma-  
chine.  
Save in User Box and Print: Saves the document in a box and prints at the  
same time.  
Proof Print: After a part of the document has been printed, this machine  
stops printing temporarily. Select to avoid misprinting a large volume of print  
jobs.  
Secure Print  
If “Secure Print” was selected, enter the ID and password in the dialog box  
that appeared.  
C550  
8-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS X)  
Note  
By selecting the “Save Settings” check box, the specified settings are  
saved. In addition, if the “Do not show this window when setting” check  
box is selected, the dialog box does not appear when the function is  
specified.  
The dialog box can be displayed by clicking the [Detail Settings] button.  
For details, refer to “Selecting the output method” on page 8-11.  
To print, specify “Secure Print Document Box” from the Box mode in this  
machine’s control panel, and then enter the ID and password. For details,  
refer to “Print job management” on page 9-46. For details on the box  
functions of this machine, refer to the User’s Guide [Box Operations].  
When password rules are enabled on this machine, the passwords that  
can be used for secured printing are limited and the jobs are deleted  
when a password that does not comply with the password rule is en-  
tered. For the password rules, refer to the User’s Guide [Copy Opera-  
tions].  
Save in User Box  
When “Save in User Box” or “Save in User Box and Print” is selected, specify  
the file name to be saved and the box number for the save location in the di-  
alog box that appears for entering the file name and box number.  
C550  
8-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS X)  
Note  
By selecting the “Save Settings” check box, the specified settings are  
saved. In addition, if the “Do not show this window when setting” check  
box is selected, the dialog box does not appear when the function is  
specified.  
The dialog box can be displayed by clicking the [Detail Settings] button.  
For details, refer to “Checking the Output Method setting details” on  
page 8-16.  
Be sure to create the box of the save location in advance with the box  
function of this machine. For details on the box functions of this machine,  
refer to the User’s Guide [Box Operations].  
When password rules are enabled on this machine, specify the box that  
was created on this machine.  
Proof Print  
When a print job is sent, this machine stops printing temporarily after part of  
the document has been printed. The remaining print job is stored in this ma-  
chine as a print job. When printing multiple copies, you can print the remain-  
ing part of the print job after checking the print results.  
Note  
To print the document, release the held document from the Job mode in  
this machine’s control panel. For details, refer to “Print job management”  
on page 9-46.  
C550  
8-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS X)  
8
Specifying the user authentication settings  
If the user authentication settings have been specified on this machine, you  
must enter a user name and password.  
Reminder  
If a job is printed using a user name or password that is not a registered  
account on this machine, or if a job is printed without selecting a user un-  
der “User Authentication”, the operation is not authenticated by this ma-  
chine and the job is canceled.  
If the user authentication settings are specified on this machine and the  
authentication operation restriction function is in mode 2, the applicable  
user is locked and cannot be accessed if the authentication information  
is not entered correctly.  
1
2
Select the “User Authentication” check box.  
The User Authentication dialog box appears.  
Select “Recipient User”, and then enter the user name and password.  
3
Click the [OK] button.  
C550  
8-14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS X)  
8
Note  
If this machine has been set to permit public users, the machine can be  
used without a user name and password.  
If performing user authentication on a server, the server settings must be  
specified. Click the [User Authentication Server Setting] button to select  
the server.  
By selecting the “Save Settings” check box, the specified settings are  
saved. In addition, if the “Do not show this window when setting” check  
box is selected, the dialog box does not appear when the function is  
specified.  
The dialog box can be displayed by clicking the [Detail Settings] button.  
For details, refer to “Checking the Output Method setting details” on  
page 8-16.  
If printing is not allowed, printing cannot be performed even when used  
by a registered user. For details on the user authentication function, con-  
sult the administrator of this machine.  
If performing user authentication with an optional authentication unit, en-  
ter the user name and password in step 2. For details, refer to the oper-  
ation manual of the authentication unit.  
Specifying the account track settings  
If the account track settings have been specified on this machine, you must  
enter a department name and password.  
Reminder  
If a job is printed using a department name or password that is not a reg-  
istered account on this machine, or if a job is printed without “Account  
Track” selected, the operation is not authenticated by this machine and  
the job is canceled.  
When the account track settings are specified on this machine, the au-  
thentication operation restriction function is in mode 2, and the authenti-  
cation information is not entered correctly, the applicable account is  
locked and cannot be accessed.  
1
Select the “Account Track” check box.  
The Account Track dialog box appears.  
C550  
8-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS X)  
Enter the department name and password.  
8
2
3
Note  
By selecting the “Save Settings” check box, the specified settings are  
saved. In addition, if the “Do not show this window when setting” check  
box is selected, the dialog box does not appear when the function is  
specified.  
The dialog box can be displayed by clicking the [Detail Settings] button.  
For details, refer to “Checking the Output Method setting details” on  
page 8-16.  
If printing is not allowed, printing cannot be performed even when used  
by a registered account. For details on the account track function, con-  
sult the administrator of this machine.  
Checking the Output Method setting details  
By clicking the [Detail Settings] button, the “Output Method” functions for  
which detailed settings have been specified are shown.  
The settings can be shown by clicking the [Expand All] button.  
By selecting a function and clicking the [Settings] button, the dialog box for  
specifying the detailed settings for the selected function appears.  
C550  
8-16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS X)  
8
Secure Print: Displays the Secure Print dialog box for entering an ID and  
password. This is the same dialog box that appears when “Secure Print” is  
specified from the “Output Method” drop-down list.  
Save in User Box: Displays the Save in User Box dialog box for entering a file  
name and box number. This is the same dialog box that appears when “Save  
in User Box” or “Save in User Box and Print” is specified from the “Output  
Method” drop-down list.  
User Authentication: Displays the User Authentication dialog box for entering  
a user name and password. This is the same dialog box that appears when  
the “User Authentication” check box is selected.  
Account Track: Displays the Account Track dialog box for entering a depart-  
ment name and password. This is the same dialog box that appears when  
the “Account Track” check box is selected.  
C550  
8-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS X)  
8
Administrator Settings: Displays the dialog box in which you can change  
the display of the authentication setting dialog box or in which you can  
change the encryption passphrase.  
Popup Authentication Dialog when printing: Displays the User Authentication  
dialog box or the Account Track dialog box when a print job is specified to  
enter a user name or a department name.  
Encryption Passphrase:Specifies an encryption passphrase when it is user  
defined by communicating with this machine. The encryption key is automat-  
ically generated according to the entered characters and it is used to com-  
municate with this machine.  
Reminder  
Specify “Encryption Passphrase” according to the encryption pass-  
phrase that was specified in “Driver Password Encryption Setting” of this  
machine. For details, refer to “Driver Password Encryption Setting” on  
page 9-43.  
C550  
8-18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS X)  
8
8.5  
Layout/Finish  
You can switch between the Layout dialog box and the Finish dialog box.  
C550  
8-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS X)  
8
Print Type: Specifies duplex printing and booklet printing.  
Binding Position: Specifies the binding position.  
Poster Mode: Prints one page of an original document divided on multiple  
pages.  
Overlap width line: Prints an overlap width line on split pages. This setting  
can be specified when “Poster Mode” is specified.  
Rotated 180: Prints the image rotated 180°.  
Image Shift: Prints by shifting the entire print image. For details, refer to  
“Shifting images” on page 8-22.  
Chapters: Specifies the page to be printed on the front side. For details, refer  
to “Chapters” on page 8-23.  
Staple: Specifies stapling. Select the “Staple” check box, and then specify  
the number of staples and the stapling position from the drop-down list.  
Punch: Specifies hole punching. Select the “Punch” check box, and then  
specify the number of punched holes from the drop-down list.  
Fold & Staple: Specifies to saddle stitch or fold a printed document.  
Paper Arrangement: Specifies the method for adjusting the binding position.  
If “Prioritize Arranging Papers” is selected, all pages can be processed to a  
suitable quality by this machine because the binding position is adjusted af-  
ter all the print data is received. If “Prioritize Productivity” is selected, the  
printing process is performed efficiently because the binding position is ad-  
justed while the data is printed simultaneously as it is being received.  
Detail Settings: Displays the functions for which the setting details have been  
specified.  
C550  
8-20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS X)  
8
Reminder  
When printing a job that contains pages of different sizes and orientations  
with the “Poster Mode” setting specified, images may be missing or over-  
lapping when the document is printed.  
The staple function is available only when the optional finisher is installed.  
The hole punch function is available only when the punch kit is installed  
on the optional finisher.  
The fold & staple function are available only when optional finisher FS-  
608 is installed.  
Note  
The staple and hole-punch position changes according to the binding  
position specified from “Binding Position”.  
The number of punch holes that can be selected may vary depending on  
the punch kit that is installed.  
The fold function cannot be specified when the staple, punch, or fold &  
staple function is specified.  
The center staple function and the thick paper function cannot be spec-  
ified when finisher FS-608 is installed.  
C550  
8-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS X)  
8
Shifting images  
The entire print image of a document is shifted and then printed. You can use  
this function when you want to adjust the print position.  
1
2
Select the “Image Shift” check box.  
Select the shift direction and set the values.  
By clearing the “Same value for Front and Back sides” check box, you  
can set separate values for the front and back sides.  
Note  
By selecting the “Save Settings” check box, the specified settings are  
saved. In addition, if the “Do not show this window when setting” check  
box is selected, the dialog box does not appear when the function is  
specified.  
The dialog box can be displayed by clicking the [Detail Settings] button.  
For details, refer to “Checking the Layout/Finish setting details” on  
page 8-24.  
C550  
8-22  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS X)  
8
Chapters  
You can specify the page you want to print on the front side when duplex  
printing or booklet printing.  
Even if a specified page comes up to be printed on the back side in duplex  
printing or booklet printing, the specified page is moved and printed on the  
front side.  
1
2
Select the “Chapters” check box.  
The dialog box for setting the detailed settings appears.  
Enter the page number of the page you want to print on the front side.  
Note  
When entering multiple page numbers, separate the page numbers with  
commas such as “2, 4, 6” or enter a page range using a hyphen such as  
“6-10”.  
The “Chapters” check box can only be selected when the duplex printing  
or the booklet printing setting is enabled.  
By selecting the “Save Settings” check box, the specified settings are  
saved. In addition, if the “Do not show this window when setting” check  
box is selected, the dialog box does not appear when the function is  
specified.  
The dialog box can be displayed by clicking the [Detail Settings] button.  
For details, refer to “Checking the Layout/Finish setting details” on  
page 8-24.  
C550  
8-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS X)  
8
Checking the Layout/Finish setting details  
By clicking the [Detail Settings] button, the “Layout/Finish” functions for  
which detailed settings have been specified are shown.  
The settings can be shown by clicking the [Expand All] button.  
By selecting a function and clicking the [Settings] button, the dialog box for  
specifying the detailed settings for the selected function appears.  
Image Shift: Displays the Image Shift dialog box. This is the same dialog box  
that appears when the “Image Shift” check box is selected.  
Chapters: Displays the Chapters dialog box. This is the same dialog box that  
appears when the “Chapters” check box is selected.  
C550  
8-24  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS X)  
8
8.6  
Paper Tray/Output Tray  
Paper Tray: Selects the paper tray for printing.  
Paper Type: Selects the paper type for printing. This setting can be specified  
when the paper tray setting is set to “Auto”.  
Paper Settings for Each Tray: Specifies the paper type for each paper tray.  
For details, refer to “Specifying the paper type for a paper tray” on  
page 8-26.  
Output Tray: Specifies the tray where to output the printed pages.  
Note  
If “Auto” is specified as the paper tray, you can select the paper type. If  
the paper tray setting is changed to a setting other than “Auto”, the paper  
type is fixed to its preregistered setting. Specify a paper type by clicking  
the [Paper Settings for Each Tray] button.  
C550  
8-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS X)  
8
Specifying the paper type for a paper tray  
You can specify the paper type for a paper tray.  
1
2
Click the [Paper Settings for Each Tray] button.  
The dialog box for setting the detailed settings appears.  
Select the desired paper tray, and then select the paper type to be  
specified from the “Paper Type” drop-down list.  
Note  
Click the [Restore Device Status] button to communicate with this ma-  
chine and read the status of the settings specified on this machine. You  
cannot use this function if you are not connected to or able to communi-  
cate with this machine.  
By selecting the “Save Settings” check box, the specified settings are  
saved.  
Specify “Duplex Side 2” to print on the back side of a page.  
C550  
8-26  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS X)  
8
8.7  
Cover Mode/Transparency Interleave  
You can switch between the Cover Mode dialog box and the Transparency  
Interleave dialog box.  
C550  
8-27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS X)  
8
Front Cover: Attaches a front cover page. Select this check box, and then se-  
lect the print conditions from the upper drop-down list, and the paper tray  
that contains the loaded paper to be used from the lower drop-down list.  
Back Cover: Attaches a back cover page. Select this check box, and then  
select the print conditions from the upper drop-down list, and the paper tray  
that contains the loaded paper to be used from the lower drop-down list.  
PI Front Cover:Attaches a front cover from the post inserter. Select this  
check box, and then select the PI tray that contains the loaded paper to be  
used from the drop-down list.  
PI Back Cover: Attaches a back cover from the post inserter. Select this  
check box, and then select the PI tray that contains the loaded paper to be  
used from the drop-down list.  
Transparency Interleave: Outputs and inserts interleaves when printing over-  
head projector transparencies. Select this check box, and then select the pa-  
per tray that contains the loaded paper to be used from the lower drop-down  
list.  
Note  
To print on the front cover and back cover, select “Print”. To only add a  
blank page, select “Blank”.  
The PI Front Cover function and the PI Back Cover function are available  
only when an optional post inserter is installed.  
The PI Front Cover function and the PI Back Cover function cannot be  
specified when the Front Cover function and the Back Cover function are  
specified.  
The “Transparency Interleave” setting can be specified if “Transparency”  
is selected as the paper type.  
C550  
8-28  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS X)  
8
8.8  
Per Page Setting  
You can specify the print type and paper tray for each page. This comes in  
handy when you want to change the paper tray during a print job when print-  
ing multiple pages. The settings are added to the per page setting list and  
can be used as necessary.  
Per Page Setting: Enables the per page setting function.  
List: Displays the list of the settings that have been added to Per Page Set-  
ting.  
Add: Adds settings to Per Page Setting. For details, refer to “Adding and ed-  
iting the settings in Per Page Setting” on page 8-30.  
Edit: Edits the settings in Per Page Setting. For details, refer to “Adding and  
editing the settings in Per Page Setting” on page 8-30.  
Delete: Deletes the settings in Per Page Setting.  
+/,: Changes the order of the per page setting list.  
C550  
8-29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS X)  
8
Adding and editing the settings in Per Page Setting  
1
2
Select the “Per Page Setting” check box.  
Click the [Add] button to add a new setting to the list.  
To edit the list, select the desired name in the list, and then click the  
[Edit] button.  
The Per Page Settings dialog box for specifying the print settings ap-  
pears.  
3
Click the [Add] button to add the setting to the list.  
A new row for specifying the settings is added to the settings list.  
4
5
Select the row that was added to the list, and then specify the print set-  
tings in “Add/Edit”.  
Page Number: Enters the page number. When entering multiple  
page numbers, separate the page numbers with commas such as  
“2, 4, 6” or enter a page range using a hyphen such as “6-10”.  
Print Type: Specifies Print Insert, Insert Blank Sheet, Print (1-Sid-  
ed), and Print (2-Sided).  
Paper Tray: Specifies the paper tray.  
Staple: Specifies the number of staples and the stapling position.  
Click the [OK] button.  
C550  
8-30  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS X)  
8
Note  
To change existing print settings, select the desired row and change the  
settings. To delete existing print settings, select the desired row, and  
then click the [Delete] button.  
Click the [+] button or the [,] button to change the page number starting  
with the smallest page number.  
The name of the list can be changed in the “List Name:” text box.  
C550  
8-31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS X)  
8
8.9  
Stamp/Composition  
Copy Protect: Prints a special pattern to prevent copying.  
Date/Time: Prints the date and time.  
Page Number: Prints the page number.  
Header/Footer: Prints a header and a footer.  
Printing with copy protection  
You can print a special pattern on an entire page while printing.  
When copying a printed page, the characters embedded in the pattern ap-  
pear to prevent an illegal copy.  
1
Select the “Copy Protect” check box.  
The Copy Protect dialog box appears.  
C550  
8-32  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS X)  
8
2
Specify the copy protection type and the position.  
Multiple print items can be specified.  
Characters: Embeds the selected character string in a pattern. A  
preregistered character string (common stamp) or a character  
string registered on this machine (registered stamp) can be speci-  
fied.  
Date/Time: Embeds the selected date and time in a pattern.  
Serial Number: Embeds the serial number of this machine in a pat-  
tern.  
Distribution Control Number: Embeds the number of copies in a  
pattern when printing multiple copies. The start number or the  
number of digits that are displayed can be specified.  
Job Number: Embeds the print job number in a pattern for docu-  
ments that are automatically paginated.  
Text Size: Specifies the text size of a pattern.  
Angle: Specifies the pattern angle.  
C550  
8-33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS X)  
8
3
Select the composition method for copy protection.  
Select “Copy Protect” to specify the desired results when copying, or  
simply select “Repeatable Stamp”. In addition, you can select the  
embedding conditions.  
Pattern: Specifies the embedding method of a pattern.  
Pattern Overwrite: Specifies the order for printing a pattern on the  
original document.  
Background Pattern: Specifies the pattern background.  
Adjust Color: Specifies the color of the pattern.  
4
Click the [OK] button.  
Note  
If the “Do not show this window when setting” check box is selected, the  
dialog box does not appear when this function is specified. The dialog  
box can be displayed by clicking the [Settings] button.  
C550  
8-34  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS X)  
8
Printing the date and time  
You can print the date and time on a document.  
1
2
Select the “Date/Time” check box.  
The Date/Time dialog box appears.  
Specify the format and print position for the date and time.  
Format: Displays the format for the date and time to be printed.  
Pages: Specifies the pages to print the date and time.  
Text Color: Specifies the text color to print.  
Print Position: Specifies the print position.  
3
Click the [OK] button.  
Note  
If the “Do not show this window when setting” check box is selected, the  
dialog box does not appear when this function is specified. The dialog  
box can be displayed by clicking the [Settings] button.  
C550  
8-35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS X)  
8
Printing the page numbers  
You can print the page numbers on a document.  
1
2
Select the “Page Number” check box.  
The Page Number dialog box appears.  
Specify the format and print position for the printing the page number.  
Starting Page: Specifies the page to start printing the page number.  
Starting Page Number: Specifies the start number for printing the  
page number.  
Cover Mode: If cover pages are attached, specifies whether to print  
the page number on the front cover page or the back cover page.  
Text Color: Specifies the text color to print.  
Print Position: Specifies the print position.  
3
Click the [OK] button.  
Note  
If the “Do not show this window when setting” check box is selected, the  
dialog box does not appear when this function is specified. The dialog  
box can be displayed by clicking the [Settings] button.  
C550  
8-36  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS X)  
8
Printing a header and a footer  
You can print a header and a footer on a document.  
1
2
Select the “Header/Footer” check box.  
The Header/Footer dialog box appears.  
Specify the print settings and pages for the header and the footer.  
Recall Header/Footer:Select the header and the footer setting that  
is registered in this machine.  
Distribution Control Number: Displays the number of the copy in  
the header or the footer when printing multiple copies. The start  
number or the number of digits that are displayed can be specified.  
Pages: Specifies the pages to print the header or the footer.  
Text Color: Specifies the color of the text for printing.  
3
Click the [OK] button.  
Note  
If the “Do not show this window when setting” check box is selected, the  
dialog box does not appear when this function is specified. The dialog  
box can be displayed by clicking the [Settings] button.  
C550  
8-37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS X)  
8
8.10 Quality  
Select Color: Specifies whether to print in color or grayscale.  
Glossy Mode: Prints with a gloss.  
Color Settings: Prints with a quality suitable for the selected original docu-  
ment.  
Document: Prints with a quality suitable for documents with many charac-  
ters.  
Photo: Prints with a quality suitable for photos.  
DTP: Prints with a quality suitable for documents produced using DTP.  
Web: Prints with a quality suitable for Web page printing.  
CAD: Prints with a quality suitable for CAD data printing.  
Quality Adjustment: Adjusts the image quality. Specifies the color matching  
and the profile for the text, photos, and charts of each object in a document.  
C550  
8-38  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS X)  
8
Controlling the color profile  
You can add or delete the color profiles that can be selected from Quality Ad-  
justment.  
1
2
Click the [Quality Adjustment] button.  
The Quality Adjustment dialog box appears.  
Click the [Manage Profile] button.  
The Color Profile Management dialog box appears.  
The profile list that can be used and that was acquired from this ma-  
chine appears.  
C550  
8-39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS X)  
8
3
Select the color profile type from the drop-down list.  
4
5
From the Available Profile list, select the profile to be used, and then  
click the [Add] button.  
To add a profile to the current driver settings, click the [New] button,  
and then enter the file name in the “File Name” text box and the pro-  
file name in the “Profile Name” text box.  
The profile name can be changed in the “File Name” text box or the  
“Profile Name” text box.  
To download the profile data to the printer, use “DownloadManager  
(bizhub)” application. For details, refer to the user’s manual of  
“DownloadManager (bizhub)”.  
The selected profile is added to “Driver Profile List” and can be select-  
ed from the profile settings.  
Click the [OK] button.  
Note  
“Color Profile Management” communicates with this machine and reads  
the profile that this machine can use. You cannot use this function if you  
are not connected to or able to communicate with this machine.  
C550  
8-40  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS X)  
8
8.11 Setting options  
You can specify the options installed on this machine so that they can be  
used from the printer driver.  
Reminder  
If the installed options on this machine are not set from “Installable Op-  
tions”, the option function cannot be used with the printer driver.  
When installing options, be sure to make the proper settings.  
1
2
Open Printer Setup Utility or Print Center, located in “Applications” –  
“Utilities” of “Hard Disk” and select this machine.  
From the [Printer] menu, select “Show Info”.  
The Printer Info dialog box appears.  
3
4
Select “Installable Options”.  
Select the options that are installed on this machine.  
5
Click the [Apply Changes] button, and then click [  
Printer Info dialog box.  
] to close the  
C550  
8-41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS X)  
8
8.12 Saving the driver settings  
For Mac OS X drivers, you can save the setting values of the changed driver  
and recall them as necessary.  
Saving the driver settings  
1
2
Change the driver settings in “Copies & Pages” and “Layout”.  
From “Presets”, click “Save as”.  
3
4
Enter the preset name in the “Save Preset As” text box.  
Click the [OK] button. The settings are added to the preset settings.  
Recalling the settings  
Select “Presets” from the Print dialog box to recall the settings.  
The setting values are recalled, and the settings for the printer driver are  
changed.  
C550  
8-42  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS X)  
8
Changing the settings  
1
2
3
Select “Presets” from the Print dialog box to change the settings.  
Change the driver settings in “Copies & Pages” and “Layout”.  
From “Presets”, click “Save”.  
To delete, click “Delete”. To change the name, click “Rename”.  
The preset settings are changed.  
C550  
8-43  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Setting up the PPD driver (Mac OS X)  
8
C550  
8-44  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Various settings  
9
9
Various settings  
9.1  
Print settings in Utility mode  
You can change the settings of the printer functions in this machine’s control  
panel.  
Default settings  
To display the User Settings screen  
1
Press the [Utility/Coun-  
ter] key.  
2
Touch [2 User Settings].  
C550  
9-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
Various settings  
The User Settings screen appears.  
9
Note  
An item can also be selected by pressing the key in the keypad for the  
number beside the desired button.  
For [2 User Settings], press the [2] key in the keypad.  
To quit specifying the Utility mode settings, press the [Utility/Counter]  
key. Otherwise, cancel the Utility mode by touching [Close] in each  
screen until the screen for the Copy, Fax/Scan, or Box mode appears.  
To return to the Utility screen, touch [Close] until the desired screen ap-  
pears. You can also touch the menus in the left panel to return to the Util-  
ity screen.  
PDL Setting  
ting: Auto)  
Auto: Automatically switches between PCL and PS.  
PCL: Only uses PCL.  
PS: Only uses PS.  
!
Detail  
For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to “To display the  
User Settings screen” on page 9-1.  
C550  
9-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Various settings  
In the User Settings screen, touch [5 Printer Settings].  
9
1
2
3
Touch [1 Basic Settings].  
Touch [PDL Setting].  
C550  
9-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Various settings  
9
4
Touch the button for the desired setting.  
Number of Copies  
You can specify the default number of copies when no setting has been  
specified from the printer driver. (Default setting: 1)  
!
Detail  
For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to “To display the  
User Settings screen” on page 9-1.  
1
2
3
In the User Settings screen, touch [5 Printer Settings].  
Touch [1 Basic Setting].  
Touch [Number of Copies].  
C550  
9-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Various settings  
9
4
Press the [C] (clear) key to erase the value, and then use the keypad to  
type in the default number of copies (between 1 and 9999 sets).  
If a value outside of the allowable range is specified, the message  
“Input Error” appears. Type in a value within the allowable range.  
5
Touch [OK].  
The default number of copies is set.  
Original Direction  
You can specify the default image orientation. (Default setting: Portrait)  
Portrait: Prints the image vertically on the page.  
Landscape: Prints the image horizontally on the page.  
!
Detail  
For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to “To display the  
User Settings screen” on page 9-1.  
1
2
In the User Settings screen, touch [5 Printer Settings].  
Touch [1 Basic Setting].  
C550  
9-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Various settings  
Touch [Original Direction].  
9
3
4
Touch the button for the desired setting.  
Spool setting  
You can specify whether or not a spool is used. (Default setting: ON)  
ON: When the next job is received while processing a job, the print data is  
stored in the HDD.  
OFF: The print data is not stored in the HDD.  
Reminder  
Be sure not to change the setting to “OFF”. Printing may not be possible.  
!
Detail  
For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to “To display the  
User Settings screen” on page 9-1.  
C550  
9-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Various settings  
9
1
2
3
In the User Settings screen, touch [5 Printer Settings].  
Touch [1 Basic Setting].  
Touch [Spool Print Jobs in HDD before RIP].  
4
Touch the button for the desired setting.  
Paper size change  
You can specify whether similar paper sizes 8-1/2 × 11 and A4, and 11 × 17  
and A3 are substituted for each other when there is no paper of the size  
specified with the printer driver. (Default setting: OFF)  
Reminder  
The image may be defected since printing is forced.  
C550  
9-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Various settings  
9
!
Detail  
For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to “To display the  
User Settings screen” on page 9-1.  
1
2
3
In the User Settings screen, touch [5 Printer Settings].  
Touch [1 Basic Setting].  
Touch [A4/A3LTR/LGR Auto Switch].  
4
Touch the button for the desired setting.  
Banner Sheet Setting  
You can specify whether to print banner pages (cover pages) with the sender  
of the print job and title. (Default setting: OFF)  
ON: Prints banner pages.  
OFF: Does not print banner pages.  
C550  
9-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Various settings  
9
!
Detail  
For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to “To display the  
User Settings screen” on page 9-1.  
1
2
3
In the User Settings screen, touch [5 Printer Settings].  
Touch [1 Basic Setting].  
Touch [] or [], and then touch [Banner Sheet Setting].  
4
Touch the button for the desired setting.  
C550  
9-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Various settings  
Binding Direction Adjustment  
9
You can specify whether to adjust the binding position for duplex printing.  
(Default setting: Finishing Priority)  
If you want to increase the print efficiency, select “Productivity Priority”. If the  
desired binding position and width cannot be achieved, select “Finishing Pri-  
ority”.  
after all of the print data is received by this machine.  
Productivity Priority: Printing is performed efficiently because the data is  
printed simultaneously as it is being received.  
Control Adjustment: Follows the settings specified in the printer driver with-  
out adjusting the binding position.  
!
Detail  
For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to “To display the  
User Settings screen” on page 9-1.  
1
2
3
In the User Settings screen, touch [5 Printer Settings].  
Touch [1 Basic Setting].  
Touch [] or [], and then touch [Binding Direction Adjustment].  
C550  
9-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Various settings  
9
4
Touch the button for the desired setting.  
Line Width Adjustment  
see. (Default setting: Thin)  
-
Thin: Prints sharp characters and lines. Elaborately reproduces the de-  
tails of the characters and graphics.  
-
-
Normal: Prints the characters and lines at an intermediate thickness.  
Thick: Prints thick characters and lines. Clearly reproduces the charac-  
ters and graphics.  
!
Detail  
For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to “To display the  
User Settings screen” on page 9-1.  
1
2
In the User Settings screen, touch [5 Printer Settings].  
Touch [1 Basic Settings].  
C550  
9-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Various settings  
9
3
Touch [] or [] to switch the page, and then touch [Line Width Adjust-  
ment].  
4
Touch the button for the desired setting.  
Paper Tray  
You can specify the input tray to use when none has been specified from the  
printer driver. (Default setting: Auto)  
!
Detail  
For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to “To display the  
User Settings screen” on page 9-1.  
1
In the User Settings screen, touch [5 Printer Settings].  
C550  
9-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Various settings  
Touch [2 Paper Setting].  
9
2
3
4
Touch [Paper Tray].  
Touch the button of the desired paper tray.  
To select the paper tray automatically, touch [Auto].  
5
Touch [OK].  
C550  
9-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Various settings  
Paper Size  
9
You can specify the paper size to use when no setting has been specified  
from the printer driver. (Default setting: 8-1/2 × 11)  
Note  
For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to “To display the  
User Settings screen” on page 9-1.  
1
2
3
In the User Settings screen, touch [5 Printer Settings].  
Touch [2 Paper Setting].  
Touch [Paper Size].  
4
Touch the button for the desired setting.  
To select other paper sizes, touch [] or [] to switch the pages.  
5
Touch [OK].  
C550  
9-14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Various settings  
2-Sided Print  
9
You can specify the default duplex printing setting. (Default setting: OFF)  
!
Detail  
For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to “To display the  
User Settings screen” on page 9-1.  
1
2
3
In the User Settings screen, touch [5 Printer Settings].  
Touch [2 Paper Setting].  
Touch [2-Sided Print].  
4
Touch the button for the desired setting.  
C550  
9-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Various settings  
Binding Position  
9
You can specify the default binding position for duplex printing. (Default set-  
ting: Left Bind)  
!
Detail  
For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to “To display the  
User Settings screen” on page 9-1.  
1
2
3
In the User Settings screen, touch [5 Printer Settings].  
Touch [2 Paper Setting].  
Touch [Binding Position].  
4
Touch the button for the desired setting.  
C550  
9-16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Various settings  
9
Staple  
You can specify the staple settings. (Default setting: OFF)  
!
Detail  
For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to “To display the  
User Settings screen” on page 9-1.  
1
2
3
In the User Settings screen, touch [5 Printer Settings].  
Touch [2 Paper Setting].  
Touch [Staple].  
4
Touch the button for the desired setting.  
Reminder  
The staple function is available only when the optional finisher is installed.  
C550  
9-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Various settings  
9
Punch  
You can specify the hole punching settings. (Default setting: OFF)  
!
Detail  
For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to “To display the  
User Settings screen” on page 9-1.  
1
2
3
In the User Settings screen, touch [5 Printer Settings].  
Touch [2 Paper Setting].  
Touch [] or [], and then touch [Punch].  
4
Touch the button for the desired setting.  
Reminder  
The hole punch function is available only when the punch kit is installed  
on the optional finisher.  
C550  
9-18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Various settings  
Banner Paper Tray  
9
You can specify the paper tray to be used for banner page printing. (Default  
setting: Auto)  
!
Detail  
For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to “To display the  
User Settings screen” on page 9-1.  
1
2
3
In the User Settings screen, touch [5 Printer Settings].  
Touch [2 Paper Setting].  
Touch [] or [], and then touch [Banner Paper Tray].  
4
Touch the button for the desired setting.  
C550  
9-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Various settings  
Font Settings  
9
You can specify the font to use when no setting has been specified from the  
printer driver. (Default setting: Courier)  
!
Detail  
For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to “To display the  
User Settings screen” on page 9-1.  
1
2
In the User Settings screen, touch [5 Printer Settings].  
Touch [3 PCL Settings].  
3
Touch [1 Font Settings].  
C550  
9-20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Various settings  
Touch [Resident Font].  
9
4
If downloaded fonts are available, [Download Font] can also be se-  
lected.  
5
Touch the button for the desired setting.  
Touch [] or [] to switch the pages, and then touch the button for  
the desired setting.  
You can check the selected font number and font size units.  
6
Touch [OK].  
C550  
9-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Various settings  
Symbol Set  
9
You can specify the font symbol set to use when no setting has been spec-  
ified from the printer driver. (Default setting: Depends on the location.)  
!
Detail  
For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to “To display the  
User Settings screen” on page 9-1.  
1
2
3
In the User Settings screen, touch [5 Printer Settings].  
Touch [3 PCL Settings].  
Touch [2 Symbol Set].  
4
Touch the button for the desired setting.  
Touch [] or [] to switch the pages, and then touch the button for  
the desired setting.  
5
Touch [OK].  
C550  
9-22  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Various settings  
Font Size  
9
You can specify the font size to use when no setting has been specified from  
the printer driver. (Default settings: Scalable Font - 12.00 point; Bitmap Font  
- 10.00 pitch)  
Scalable Font: Specifies the font size in points.  
Bitmap Font: Specifies the width of the fixed-width font in pitches.  
!
Detail  
For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to “To display the  
User Settings screen” on page 9-1.  
1
2
3
In the User Settings screen, touch [5 Printer Settings].  
Touch [3 PCL Settings].  
Touch [3 Font Size].  
C550  
9-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Various settings  
9
4
Press the [C] (clear) key to erase the value, and then use the keypad to  
type in the default font size (Scalable Font: between 4.00 and 999.75  
points; Bitmap Font: between 0.44 and 99.00 pitches).  
If a value outside of the allowable range is specified, the message  
“Input Error” appears. Type in a value within the allowable range.  
5
The font size is set.  
Line/Page  
You can specify the number of lines per page when printing text. (Default set-  
ting: Depends on the location.)  
!
Detail  
For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to “To display the  
User Settings screen” on page 9-1.  
1
2
In the User Settings screen, touch [5 Printer Settings].  
Touch [3 PCL Settings].  
C550  
9-24  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Various settings  
Touch [4 Line/Page].  
9
3
4
Press the [C] (clear) key to erase the value, and then use the keypad to  
type in the default number of lines (between 5 and 128).  
If a value outside of the allowable range is specified, the message  
“Input Error” appears. Type in a value within the allowable range.  
5
Touch [OK].  
The number of lines per page is set.  
CR/LF Mapping  
You can specify the data substitution method when printing text data. (De-  
fault setting: OFF)  
[Mode 1]: Substitutes CR for CR-LF.  
[Mode 2]: Substitutes LF for CR-LF.  
[Mode 3]: Substitutes to CR-LF.  
[OFF]: Does not perform substitution.  
C550  
9-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Various settings  
9
!
Detail  
For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to “To display the  
User Settings screen” on page 9-1.  
1
2
3
In the User Settings screen, touch [5 Printer Settings].  
Touch [3 PCL Settings].  
Touch [5 CR/LF Mapping].  
4
Select [Yes] or [No]. If [Yes] is selected, be sure to also touch the button  
for the desired setting.  
5
Touch [OK].  
C550  
9-26  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Various settings  
Print PS Errors  
9
You can specify whether to print the error message when an error occurs  
during PS rasterization. (Default setting: OFF)  
!
Detail  
For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to “To display the  
User Settings screen” on page 9-1.  
1
2
In the User Settings screen, touch [5 Printer Settings].  
Touch [4 PS Setting].  
3
Touch [Print PS Errors].  
C550  
9-27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Various settings  
9
4
Touch the button for the desired setting.  
ICC Profile Settings  
You can specify the profiles to use when no setting has been specified from  
the printer driver.  
!
Detail  
For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to “To display the  
User Settings screen” on page 9-1.  
1
2
3
In the User Setting screen, touch [5 Printer Settings].  
Touch [4 PS Setting].  
Touch [ICC Profile Settings].  
C550  
9-28  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Various settings  
Touch the desired setting.  
9
4
5
Touch the profile name for the desired setting.  
Verify XPS Digital Signature  
You can specify whether to verify a digital signature when XPS printing. If  
verification is specified as “ON”, printing cannot be performed if the name is  
invalid. (Default setting: OFF)  
!
Detail  
For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to “To display the  
User Settings screen” on page 9-1.  
1
In the User Settings screen, touch [5 Printer Settings].  
C550  
9-29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Various settings  
9
2
Touch [5 XPS Settings].  
3
4
Touch [Verify XPS Digital Signature].  
Touch the button for the desired setting.  
!
Detail  
If an error in the verification of a signature occurs, and if the print infor-  
mation setting is enabled under Print XPS Errors, the error information will  
be printed. For details, refer to “Print XPS Errors” on page 9-41.  
C550  
9-30  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Various settings  
Print Reports  
9
You can output the following four types of reports. The report output method  
Configuration Page: Outputs a list of this machine’s settings.  
Demo Page: Outputs a test page.  
PCL Font List: Outputs the PCL font list.  
PS Font List: Outputs the PS font list.  
!
Detail  
For details on displaying the User Settings screen, refer to “To display the  
User Settings screen” on page 9-1.  
1
2
In the User Settings screen, touch [5 Printer Settings].  
Touch [6 Print Reports].  
3
Touch the button for the desired setting.  
C550  
9-31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Various settings  
9
4
Touch the button for the desired paper tray and touch [1-Sided] or [2-  
Sided].  
5
To print a report, touch [Start] or press the [Start] key.  
C550  
9-32  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Various settings  
9
9.2  
Print settings in Administrator mode  
To display the Administrator Settings screen  
1
Press the [Utility/Coun-  
ter] key.  
2
Touch [3 Administrator Settings].  
C550  
9-33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Various settings  
Enter the password, and then touch [OK].  
9
3
In the Utility mode, an item can also be selected by pressing the key  
in the keypad for the number beside the desired button. For [3 Ad-  
ministrator Settings], press the [3] key in the keypad.  
For details on setting or changing the password, refer to the User’s  
Guide [Copy Operations].  
The Administrator Settings screen appears.  
Note  
To quit specifying the Utility mode settings, press the [Utility/Counter]  
key. Otherwise, cancel the Utility mode by touching [Close] in each  
screen until the screen for the Copy, Fax/Scan, or Box mode appears.  
To return to the Utility screen, touch [Close] until the desired screen ap-  
pears. You can also touch the menus in the left panel to return to the Util-  
ity screen.  
C550  
9-34  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Various settings  
Print/Fax Output Setting  
9
You can specify whether to print data after it is received or to print it simul-  
taneously as it is being received.  
You can specify this function for the printer and for faxing. (Default settings:  
Printer - Page Print; Fax - Batch Print)  
Reminder  
To display the Administrator Settings screen, refer to “To display the Ad-  
ministrator Settings screen” on page 9-33.  
1
2
3
In the Administrator Settings screen, touch [1 System Settings].  
In the Systems Settings screen, touch [2 Output Settings].  
In the Output Settings screen, touch [1 Print/Fax Output Settings].  
If the “Administrator Security Level” parameter is set to “Level 2”,  
users can also specify this setting. Touch [User Settings], [System  
Settings], [Output Settings], then [Print/Fax Output Settings] to dis-  
play the Print/Fax Output Settings screen.  
For details on the user access levels, refer to the User’s Guide  
[Copy Operations].  
The Print/Fax Output Settings screen appears.  
C550  
9-35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Various settings  
Touch [Print] or [Fax].  
9
4
The buttons for the available settings appear.  
5
Touch the button for the desired setting.  
The timing the data is printed is set.  
Note  
If “Batch Print” is selected, printing starts when all the data is received  
when the data for the first page is received and the print job is queued.  
Output Tray Setting  
You can specify the output tray to use when none has been specified from  
the printer driver. (Default setting: Printer - Tray 1)  
!
Detail  
To display the Administrator Settings screen, refer to “To display the Ad-  
ministrator Settings screen” on page 9-33.  
1
2
In the Administrator Settings screen, touch [1 System Settings].  
In the System Settings screen, touch [2 Output Settings].  
C550  
9-36  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Various settings  
In the Output Settings screen, touch [2 Output Tray Settings].  
9
3
The Output Tray Settings screen appears.  
4
Touch the button for the desired setting.  
The output tray is set.  
To delete secure print documents  
All saved secure print documents can be deleted.  
1
2
3
In the Administrator Settings screen, touch [1 System Settings].  
In the Systems Settings screen, touch [0 User Box Settings].  
In the User Box Settings screen, touch [2 Delete Secure Print Docu-  
ments].  
C550  
9-37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Various settings  
To delete the secure print documents, touch [Yes].  
9
4
5
Touch [OK].  
To specify the secure document delete time  
The length of time for deleting a secure document after it is saved can be  
specified.  
1
2
3
In the Administrator Settings screen, touch [1 System Settings].  
In the System Settings screen, touch [0 User Box Settings].  
In the User Box Settings screen, touch [3 Auto Delete Secure Docu-  
ment].  
C550  
9-38  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Various settings  
9
4
Select [Yes] or [No]. If [Yes] is selected, be sure to also select the time  
until the secure document is deleted.  
5
Touch [OK].  
Printing without specifying the authentication setting  
You can specify whether to allow print jobs without a specified user name or  
password to be printed when this machine is performing User Authentication  
or Account Track. (Default setting: Restrict)  
Allow: Allows print jobs to be printed when a user name and password for  
User Authentication, or a department name and password for Account Track  
are not specified. The print job is counted as a public job.  
Restrict: Restricts print jobs to be printed when a user name and password  
for User Authentication, or a department name and password for Account  
Track are not specified.  
Reminder  
If print jobs are allowed to be printed when authentication is not speci-  
fied, printing is performed even if User Authentication or Account Track  
is not specified in the printer driver and this machine is performing User  
Authentication or Account Track. Select [Restrict] if you want control us-  
age or for security reasons.  
C550  
9-39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Various settings  
9
!
Detail  
To display the Administrator Settings screen, refer to “To display the Ad-  
ministrator Settings screen” on page 9-33.  
Even if “Allow” or “Restrict” is specified, a job is not printed and it is can-  
celed if the user name or password, or department name or password  
that is specified to the job is incorrect.  
1
In the Administrator Settings screen, touch [4 User Authentication/Ac-  
count Track].  
2
3
In the User/Account screen, touch [Print without Authentication].  
Touch the button for the desired setting.  
The print without authentication setting is set.  
I/F Timeout  
You can set the time until a communication timeout occurs for the USB or  
network interface. (Default setting: 60 sec.)  
!
Detail  
To display the Administrator Settings screen, refer to “To display the Ad-  
ministrator Settings screen” on page 9-33.  
1
In the Administrator Settings screen, touch [7 Printer Settings].  
C550  
9-40  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Various settings  
9
2
In the Printer Settings screen, touch the button of the desired interface  
setting.  
3
Press the [C] (clear) key to erase the value, and then use the keypad to  
type in the default length of time (between 10 and 1000 seconds).  
If a value outside of the allowable range is specified, the message  
“Input Error” appears. Type in a value within the allowable range.  
4
The time until a communication timeout occurs is set.  
Print XPS Errors  
You can specify whether to print an error message when an error occurs dur-  
ing XPS printing. (Default setting: OFF)  
!
Detail  
To display the Administrator Settings screen, refer to “To display the Ad-  
ministrator Settings screen” on page 9-33.  
C550  
9-41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Various settings  
9
1
2
In the Administrator Setting screen, touch [7 Printer Setting].  
Touch [Print XPS Errors].  
Touch the button for the desired setting.  
Touch [OK].  
3
4
Print Data Capture  
You can specify whether to allow or prohibit data capturing of a print job.  
(Default setting: Allow)  
!
Detail  
To display the Administrator Settings screen, refer to “To display the Ad-  
ministrator Settings screen” on page 9-33.  
For details on capturing a print job, consult a service technician.  
In the Administrator Settings screen, touch [Security Settings].  
1
C550  
9-42  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Various settings  
9
2
3
In the Security Settings screen, touch [4 Security Details].  
In the Security Details screen, touch [Print Data Capture].  
The buttons for the available settings appear.  
4
Touch the button for the desired setting.  
The capturing of a print job is either allowed or prohibited.  
Note  
For details on capturing a print job, consult a service technician.  
Driver Password Encryption Setting  
For the encryption common key for the password that is added to a print job,  
you can specify whether to use the encryption key that was specified at the  
factory or change it to a user-defined encryption password. (Default setting:  
User Factory Default)  
-
-
User-Defined: Specifies the encryption password. Enter an encryption  
password of 20 characters.  
Use Factory Default: Uses the default encryption password (encryption  
key [common key] that is already determined and that is not disclosed)  
that was specified at the factory.  
C550  
9-43  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Various settings  
9
Note  
To display the Administrator Settings screen, refer to “To display the Ad-  
ministrator Settings screen” on page 9-33.  
Encryption can be performed with an encryption common key, however,  
the passwords that can be used are the user password, account pass-  
word, and the secured document password.  
When specifying the encryption password with “User-Defined”, be sure  
to specify “Encryption Key” in the printer driver. If the encryption pass-  
word for this machine and the encryption key for the printer driver are dif-  
ferent, the passwords do not match and printing cannot be performed.  
When using OpenAPI, the encryption common key can be acquired from  
this machine.  
1
2
In the Administrator Settings screen, touch [Security Settings].  
In the Security Settings screen, touch [Driver Password Encryption  
Setting].  
3
Touch the button for the desired setting.  
C550  
9-44  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Various settings  
If “User-Defined” was selected, enter 20 characters for the encryption  
9
4
password, and then touch [OK].  
Consecutive encryption passwords with the same characters are  
invalid.  
5
Reenter the encryption password, and then touch [OK].  
The encryption password is specified.  
C550  
9-45  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Various settings  
9
9.3  
Print job management  
Specifying job operations  
You can specify the job operations on this machine by setting a printer driver.  
Note  
The three printer drivers that can be set on this machine are as follows:  
Konica Minolta PCL Printer Driver for Windows  
Konica Minolta PostScript Printer Driver for Windows  
Konica Minolta PostScript PPD Printer Driver for Mac OS X  
Specifying settings (for Windows)  
1
Click the [Properties] button on the Print dialog box to open the printer  
driver setup dialog box.  
2
3
Click the Basic tab.  
From the “Output Method” drop-down list, select the output method.  
Print: Prints immediately.  
Secure Print: Enters the ID and password in the dialog box that ap-  
pears and saves the print document in “Secure Print User Box” on  
this machine. When printing, you are required to enter the ID and  
password in this machine’s control panel. Select when printing  
highly confidential documents.  
Save in User Box: Enters the file name and box number in the dialog  
box that appears, and saves the document to be printed in a box  
on this machine.  
Save in User Box and Print: Saves the document in a box and prints  
at the same time.  
Proof Print: After a part of the document has been printed, this ma-  
chine stops printing temporarily. Select to avoid misprinting a large  
volume of print jobs.  
C550  
9-46  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Various settings  
For details, refer to “Selecting the output method” on page 5-10 and  
9
page 6-10.  
C550  
9-47  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Various settings  
Specifying settings (for Mac OS X)  
9
1
2
3
From the [File] menu, select “Print”.  
Select “Output Method”.  
From the “Output Method” drop-down list, select the output method.  
Print: Prints immediately.  
Secure Print: Enters the ID and password in the dialog box that ap-  
pears and saves the print document in “Secure Print User Box” on  
this machine. When printing, you are required to enter the ID and  
password in this machine’s control panel. Select when printing  
highly confidential documents.  
Save in User Box: Enters the file name and box number in the dialog  
box that appears, and saves the document to be printed in a box  
on this machine.  
Save in User Box and Print: Saves the document in a box and prints  
at the same time.  
Proof Print: After a part of the document has been printed, this ma-  
chine stops printing temporarily. Select to avoid misprinting a large  
volume of print jobs.  
For details, refer to “Output Method” on page 8-10.  
C550  
9-48  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Various settings  
Job storage  
9
When “Output Method” in the printer driver is selected, a print document can  
be stored in this machine as a print job.  
To print a stored job, you must recall the job using this machine’s control  
panel.  
Recalling jobs (Proof Print)  
!
Detail  
For details on using the keys in the control panel, refer to the User’s  
Guide [Copy Operations].  
For details on the box functions of this machine, refer to the User’s Guide  
[Box Operations].  
1
Touch [Job List] in this machine’s control panel, then [Job Details].  
The print screen appears.  
C550  
9-49  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Various settings  
With [Current Jobs] displayed, touch [Release Held Job].  
9
2
The Release Held Job screen appears.  
3
From the job list, select the job you want to print.  
To print the remaining jobs, skip to step 7.  
To check the print results again, continue to step 4.  
To change the printing conditions, skip to step 5.  
4
5
To check the print results, select the job whose sample copy is to be  
printed from the job list, and then press the [Proof Copy] key in the con-  
trol panel.  
Check the print results on the printed pages.  
Touch [Change Setting].  
If the job to be removed from the Release Held Job list is not dis-  
played, touch [] or [] until the desired job is displayed.  
If an incorrect job was selected, touch the button for the selected  
job again to deselect it.  
The Change Settings screen appears.  
C550  
9-50  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Various settings  
9
6
7
Change the printing conditions on the Change Settings screen, and  
then touch [OK].  
The Release Held Job screen appears again.  
Touch [OK] or press the [Start] key in the control panel.  
To cancel printing the job, touch [Cancel].  
The stored job is changed to an active job, then printed.  
Recalling jobs (Secure Print)  
“Secure Print” jobs are saved in “Secure Print User Box”. To print a secured  
document, the ID and password that were specified in the printer driver are  
required.  
!
Detail  
For details on using the keys in the control panel, refer to the User’s  
Guide [Copy Operations].  
For details on the box functions of this machine, refer to the User’s Guide  
[Box Operations].  
Note  
Secured documents are automatically deleted after a set length of time  
after they are registered. The default setting of this time is specified as 1  
day, and the setting can be specified in the administrator mode. For de-  
tails, refer to “To specify the secure document delete time” on page 9-38.  
A secure document that was printed can be deleted manually in the Ad-  
ministrator mode. For details, refer to “To delete secure print documents”  
on page 9-37.  
For details on specifying a setting for “Confidental Document Access  
Method”, refer to the User’s Guide [Copy Operations].  
C550  
9-51  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Various settings  
When “Confidental Document Access Method” is set to “Mode 1”  
9
1
Press the [Box] key in this machine’s control panel, and then touch  
[Use Document].  
2
Select [System User Box], then [Secure Print User Box], and then touch  
[OK].  
C550  
9-52  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Various settings  
Type in the ID for the secure print document, and then touch [OK].  
9
3
4
Type in the password for the secure print document, and then touch  
[OK].  
If the specified ID and password match, the secure print document list  
appears.  
C550  
9-53  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Various settings  
9
5
Select the document to be printed, and then touch [Print].  
The contents and a preview of the document can be checked by  
touching [Document Details].  
6
If necessary, change the print conditions.  
7
Touch [Start] or press the [Start] key in the control panel.  
To cancel printing the job, touch [Cancel].  
The document is printed.  
C550  
9-54  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Various settings  
When “Confidental Document Access Method” is set to “Mode 2”  
9
1
2
3
Press the [Box] key in this machine’s control panel, and then touch  
[Use Document].  
Select [System User Box], and touch [Secure Print User Box], and then  
touch [OK].  
Type in the ID for the secure print document, and then touch [OK].  
C550  
9-55  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Various settings  
If the specified ID matches, the secure print document list appears.  
9
4
Select the document to be printed, and then touch [Enter Password].  
The contents and a preview of the document can be checked by  
touching [Document Details].  
5
Type in the password for the secure print document, and then touch  
[OK].  
If the specified password matches, the security print document list ap-  
pears.  
C550  
9-56  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Various settings  
Select the document to be printed, and then touch [Print].  
9
6
7
If necessary, change the print conditions.  
If “Prohibit Functions when Auth. Error” in Administrator mode is  
set to “Mode 2” and an incorrect document password is entered  
the specified number of times, the selected document is locked.  
Contact the administrator to cancel operation restrictions.  
8
Touch [Start] or press the [Start] key in the control panel.  
To cancel printing the job, touch [Cancel].  
The document is printed.  
C550  
9-57  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Various settings  
Recalling jobs (Save in User Box)  
9
“Save in User Box” and “Save in User Box and Print” jobs are saved in a box  
of the specified number.  
To print a document saved in a box, open the specified box to remove the  
document. If a password is specified to a box, the box password is required.  
!
Detail  
For details on using the keys in the control panel, refer to the User’s  
Guide [Copy Operations].  
For details on the box functions of this machine, refer to the User’s Guide  
[Box Operations].  
Note  
Box documents are automatically deleted after a set length of time after  
they are registered. The default setting of this time is specified as 1 day,  
and the setting can be specified when creating the box.  
1
Press the [Box] key in this machine’s control panel, and then touch  
[Use Document].  
2
Select the desired box number, and then touch [OK].  
Boxes are classified as public, private, or group. Specify the desired  
box from the classification of the saved box.  
The box number can be specified manually.  
If a password is specified to a box, continue to step 3.  
C550  
9-58  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Various settings  
9
If a password is not specified to a box, skip to step 4.  
3
Type in the password for the box, and then touch [OK].  
The specified box document list appears.  
4
Select the document to be printed, and then touch [Print].  
C550  
9-59  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Various settings  
If necessary, change the print conditions.  
9
5
6
Touch [Start] or press the [Start] key in the control panel.  
To cancel printing the job, touch [Cancel].  
The document is printed.  
Printing with this machine when user authentication settings have been  
applied  
When the user authentication function has been specified on this machine, a  
user name and password must be entered when printing.  
Reminder  
If a print job is sent using a user name or password that is not a registered  
account on this machine or if a job is sent without specifying “User Au-  
thentication”, the operation is not authenticated by this machine and the  
job is canceled.  
When the user authentication settings are specified on this machine, the  
authentication operation restriction function is in mode 2, and the authen-  
tication information is not entered correctly, the applicable user is locked  
and cannot be accessed.  
The three printer drivers that can be set on this machine are as follows:  
Konica Minolta PCL Printer Driver for Windows  
Konica Minolta PostScript Printer Driver for Windows  
Konica Minolta PostScript PPD Printer Driver for Mac OS X  
C550  
9-60  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Various settings  
9
Note  
If printing is not allowed, printing cannot be performed even when used  
by a registered user.  
For the user authentication details, consult the administrator of this ma-  
chine.  
If performing user authentication with an optional authentication unit, en-  
ter the user name and password. For details, refer to the operation man-  
ual of the authentication unit.  
Specifying settings (for Windows)  
1
Click the [Properties] button or the [Preferences] button on the Print di-  
alog box to display the Printing Preferences dialog box.  
2
3
4
Click the Basic tab.  
Click the [Authentication/Account Track] button.  
Select “Recipient User”, and then enter the user name and password.  
If this machine has been set to permit public users, the machine can  
be used without a user name and password.  
A default password can be registered and used rather than entering  
a password for each job.  
C550  
9-61  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Various settings  
9
5
After specifying the settings, click the [OK] button to begin printing.  
If the entered user name is a name registered on this machine, the  
job is printed and counted as a job for the specified user.  
Specifying settings (for Mac OS X)  
1
2
3
From the [File] menu, select “Print”.  
Select “Output Method”.  
Select the “User Authentication” check box.  
4
Select “Recipient User”, and then enter the user name and password.  
C550  
9-62  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Various settings  
9
If this machine has been set to permit public users, the machine can  
be used without a user name and password.  
Printing with this machine when account track settings have been ap-  
plied  
When the account track settings have been specified on this machine, you  
must enter a password when printing a job.  
Reminder  
If a print job is sent using a password that is not a registered account on  
this machine or if a job is sent without specifying “Account Track”, the  
operation is not authenticated by this machine and the job is canceled.  
When the account track settings are specified on this machine, the au-  
thentication operation restriction function is in mode 2, and the authenti-  
cation information is not entered correctly, the applicable account is  
locked and cannot be accessed.  
The three printer drivers that can be set on this machine are as follows:  
Konica Minolta PCL Printer Driver for Windows  
Konica Minolta PostScript Printer Driver for Windows  
Konica Minolta PostScript PPD Printer Driver for Mac OS X  
Note  
If printing is not allowed, printing cannot be performed even when used  
by a registered account.  
For the account track details, consult the administrator of this machine.  
C550  
9-63  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Various settings  
Specifying settings (for Windows)  
9
1
Click the [Properties] button or the [Preferences] button on the Print di-  
alog box to display the Printing Preferences dialog box.  
2
3
4
Click the Basic tab.  
Click the [Authentication/Account Track] button.  
Enter the department name and password.  
A default password can be registered and used rather than entering  
a password for each job.  
5
After specifying the settings, click the [OK] button to begin printing.  
If the entered department name is a name registered on this machine,  
the job is printed and counted as a job for the account.  
C550  
9-64  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Various settings  
Specifying settings (for Mac OS X)  
9
1
2
3
From the [File] menu, select “Print”.  
Select “Output Method”.  
Select the “Account Track” check box.  
4
Enter the department name and password.  
C550  
9-65  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Various settings  
Job operations on PageScope Web Connection  
9
From PageScope Web Connection, you can also check the status of the job  
being performed by this machine.  
For details, refer to the User’s Guide [PageScope Web Connection Opera-  
tions].  
C550  
9-66  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Troubleshooting  
10  
10 Troubleshooting  
10.1 Unable to Print  
This chapter explains the troubleshooting procedures for possible malfunc-  
tions.  
Perform the troubleshooting procedures described below if this machine  
does not print after you have sent a print job.  
Symptom  
Probable cause  
Action  
The message “No  
printers are connect-  
ed.” or “Print error”  
appears.  
The printer driver selected for  
printing is not compatible with the  
printer controller.  
Check the printer name selected.  
The network cable, or USB cable Check that the cable is connected  
is disconnected. properly.  
An error has occurred in this ma- Check this machine’s control  
chine.  
panel.  
Available memory space is not  
sufficient.  
Perform a test print to check  
whether printing is possible.  
A postscript error ap-  
pears.  
Available computer memory  
space is not sufficient.  
Perform a test print to check  
whether printing is possible.  
There is an error in the application Refer to the user’s manual of the  
software settings.  
application software to check the  
settings.  
The file printing settings are incor- Change the settings and try to  
rect. print again.  
C550  
10-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Troubleshooting  
10  
Symptom  
Probable cause  
Action  
Check the printer name selected.  
The machine does not The printer driver selected for  
start printing although printing is not compatible with the  
the print job was com- printer controller.  
pleted on the compu-  
The network cable, or USB cable Check that the cable is connected  
is disconnected. properly.  
ter.  
An error has occurred in this ma- Check this machine’s control  
chine.  
panel.  
A print job is queued in this ma-  
chine, delaying printing.  
Check the job order on the Active  
Jobs list of the machine’s control  
panel.  
“Save in User Box” was selected Check if the print job is stored on  
for the print job.  
the Box screen of this machine’s  
control panel.  
“Secure Print” was selected for  
the print job.  
Check if the print job is held on the  
Secure Print User Box screen of  
this machine’s control panel.  
If the account track settings have Enter the correct department  
been applied, an unregistered de- name (or password).  
partment name (or password)  
may have been entered.  
If the authentication settings have Enter the correct user name (or  
been applied, an unregistered  
user name (or password) may  
have been entered.  
password).  
Available computer memory  
space is not sufficient.  
Perform a test print to check  
whether printing is possible.  
The connection of this machine to Consult with the network adminis-  
the network is not yet established trator.  
(while connecting to a network).  
The enhanced security mode may Specify the authentication set-  
be enabled on this machine.  
tings in the enhanced security  
mode. For details, consult with  
the network administrator.  
If the problem persists after all of these procedures have been performed,  
read the User’s Guide [Copy Operations].  
C550  
10-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting  
10  
10.2 Unable to specify desired settings or unable to print  
as specified  
Perform these troubleshooting procedures if you cannot specify the desired  
settings in the printer driver, or if the print results do not represent the set-  
tings that have been specified.  
Note  
Some of the printer driver functions cannot be combined with other func-  
tions.  
Symptom  
Probable cause  
Action  
A printer driver setting Some functions cannot be com-  
Do not try to select settings that  
are not available.  
cannot be selected.  
bined.  
The “Conflicts” mes-  
sage with “Unable to  
Select” or “Function  
Canceled” appears.  
An incorrect combination of func- Check the settings and specify  
tions has been specified.  
the functions correctly.  
Printing is not per-  
formed as specified.  
Incorrect settings are specified.  
Check each setting in the printer  
driver.  
A combination of functions, al-  
though possible in the printer driv-  
er, is not possible with this  
machine.  
The paper size, orientation, and  
Enter the correct settings in the  
other settings specified in the ap- application.  
plication have priority over those  
specified in the printer driver.  
The watermark cannot The watermark is not correctly  
Check the watermark settings.  
be printed.  
set.  
The watermark density is set to a Check the density settings.  
level that is too low.  
Watermarks cannot be printed in  
graphics applications.  
No watermark can be printed in  
this case.  
The staple function  
cannot be specified.  
Stapling is not possible if “Paper  
Type” is set to “Thick” or “Trans- driver.  
parency”.  
Check each setting in the printer  
The staple function requires op-  
tional finisher.  
Install the required optional finish-  
er and enable it using the printer  
driver.  
Stapling cannot be  
performed.  
If are a large number of pages to  
be printed, stapling cannot be  
performed.  
Change the number of pages to  
be printed.  
Stapling is not possible if the doc- Check the document.  
ument contains pages of different  
sizes.  
C550  
10-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Troubleshooting  
10  
Symptom  
Probable cause  
Action  
The stapling position  
is not as expected.  
The orientation setting is not cor- Check the stapling position in the  
rect.  
printer driver setup dialog box.  
Check each setting in the printer  
The hole punch func-  
tion cannot be speci-  
fied.  
Hole punching cannot be speci-  
fied if “Booklet”, “Transparency”, driver.  
“Thick2”, “Thick3”, or “Envelope”  
is selected.  
Optional finishers and punch kit  
are required.  
Install the required optional finish-  
er and enable it using the printer  
driver.  
The pages are not  
punched.  
Printed pages may be fed out  
without being punched if the pa-  
per is loaded into the paper  
source with an incorrect orienta-  
tion.  
Check the orientation setting.  
The hole punch posi-  
tion is not as expect-  
ed.  
The orientation setting is not cor- Check the punch position in the  
rect.  
printer driver setup dialog box.  
The overlay is not  
printed properly.  
Available computer memory  
space is not sufficient.  
Simplify the overlay to reduce the  
data size.  
The image is not print- Available computer memory  
Simplify the image to reduce the  
data size.  
ed properly.  
space is not sufficient.  
Paper is not fed from  
the specified paper  
source.  
Paper will not be fed from the  
specified paper source if that pa- of the appropriate size and orien-  
per source is loaded with paper of tation.  
Load the paper source with paper  
a different size or orientation.  
C550  
10-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting  
10  
10.3 Error message  
Message  
Cause and remedy  
Cannot connect to the  
network.  
A connection to the network could not be established.  
Check if the network cable is correctly connected. In addition, check  
that the Network Setting parameters on the Administrator Setting  
screen have been correctly specified.  
C550  
10-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Troubleshooting  
10  
C550  
10-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix  
11  
11 Appendix  
11.1 Specifications  
Item  
Specifications  
Model  
Built-in printer controller  
Common with the main body  
1024 MB  
Power supply  
RAM  
Hard disk  
Interface  
60 GB  
Standard: Ethernet (10Base-T/100Base-TX/1000Base-T)  
USB 2.0  
Frame type  
Ethernet 802.2  
Ethernet 802.3  
Ethernet II  
Ethernet SNAP  
Supported protocols  
TCP/IP  
IPX/SPX  
NetBEUI  
AppleTalk (EtherTalk)  
Print speed  
45 pages/minute (color, 8-1/2 × 11 v paper, and simplex)  
45 pages/minute (color, 8-1/2 × 11 v paper, and duplex)  
Fast print time  
Printer language  
6.5 seconds or less (color and A4 paper)  
4.3 seconds or less (monochrome and A4 paper)  
PCL5e/c Emulation  
PCL6 (XL 3.0) Emulation  
PostScript 3 Emulation (3016)  
XPS ver.1.0  
Operating environment condi-  
tions  
Temperature 10 to 30°C  
Humidity 15 – 85% RH  
Resolution  
Data processing  
600 × 600 dpi (printing and fax operations)  
400 × 400 dpi (fax operations)  
200 × 200 dpi (fax operations)  
Printing  
1800 (equivalent) × 600 dpi  
Maximum Standard Size  
Supported paper sizes  
Printer fonts  
PCL Latin 80 Fonts  
Postscript 3 Emulation Latin 137 Fonts  
Compatible computers  
IBM PC or compatible, and Macintosh (PowerPC or Intel  
Processor: Intel Processor for Mac OS X 10.4 only)  
C550  
11-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Appendix  
11  
Item  
Specifications  
Printer driv- Konica Minolta  
Windows NT Workstation/Server Version4.0(Service Pack 6  
or later)  
Windows 2000 Professional/Server(Service Pack 3 or later)  
Windows XP Home Edition/Windows XP Professional, Win-  
dows XP Professional x64 Edition  
er  
PCL Driver (PCL  
driver)  
Windows Vista Home Basic/Home Premium /Ultimate /  
Business /Enterprise, Windows Vista Home Basic /Home  
Premium /Ultimate /Business /Enterprise x64 Edition  
Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition, Windows Server  
2003 x64 Edition  
Konica Minolta  
PostScript Driver  
(PS driver)  
Windows 2000 Professional/Server(Service Pack 3 or later)  
Windows XP Home Edition/Windows XP Professional, Win-  
dows XP Professional x64 Edition  
Windows Vista Home Basic/Home Premium /Ultimate /  
Business /Enterprise, Windows Vista Home Basic /Home  
Premium /Ultimate /Business /Enterprise x64 Edition  
Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition, Windows Server  
2003 x64 Edition  
PostScript PPD  
driver (PS-PPD)  
Macintosh OS 9.2 or later  
Macintosh OS X 10.2.8/10.3/10.4  
Fax driver  
Windows NT Workstation/Server Version4.0(Service Pack 6  
or later)  
Windows 2000 Professional/Server(Service Pack 3 or later)  
Windows XP Home Edition/Windows XP Professional, Win-  
dows XP Professional x64 Edition  
Windows Vista Home Basic/Home Premium /Ultimate /  
Business /Enterprise, Windows Vista Home Basic /Home  
Premium /Ultimate /Business /Enterprise x64 Edition  
Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition, Windows Server  
2003 x64 Edition  
Utility  
PageScope Web Connection  
Web browsers:  
Microsoft Internet Explorer 6 or later recommended (JavaS-  
cript enabled, Cookies enabled)  
Netscape Navigator 7.02 or later (JavaScript enabled,  
Cookies enabled)  
Mozilla Firefox 1.0 or later (JavaScript enabled, Cookies en-  
abled)  
®
®
Adobe Flash (If “Flash” is selected in View Mode, version  
7.0 or later plugin is required.)  
MetaFrame operating environ-  
ment  
This driver performs the confirmation of the operation only  
in the following environments.  
Server operating systems: Windows 2000 Advanced Serv-  
er/Windows 2003 Enterprise Server  
®
®
MetaFrame: Citrix MetaFrame Presentation Server 3.0/  
®
®
Citrix MetaFrame Presentation Server 4.0  
Client operating systems: Windows 2000/Windows XP  
ICA Client: 32 bit  
* For operating in an environment other than those de-  
scribed above, consult the dealer.  
C550  
11-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix  
11  
11.2 Configuration page  
C550  
11-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Appendix  
11  
11.3 Font list  
PCL font list  
C550  
11-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Appendix  
11  
PS font list  
C550  
11-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Appendix  
11  
Demo page  
C550  
11-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Appendix  
11  
11.4 PPD driver (Linux and applications)  
PPD driver types  
The PPD driver contains the PPD information for Mac OS 9, Linux, and ap-  
plications.  
-
For Linux: Install the driver when using with Linux. (The PPD driver for  
Linux and the PPD driver for OpenOffice are included.)  
For applications: Install the driver when using applications such as Adobe  
PageMaker that require the PPD driver.  
-
About the PPD driver for Linux  
Operating environment  
-
-
-
Supported operating systems: Red Hat Linux 9/SuSe Linux 8.2  
Supported PostScript level: 3.0  
CUPS: 1.1.17  
To register the PPD driver for Linux  
1
2
Copy the PPD file to the CUPS model directory. (/usr/share/cups/mod-  
el when mainly Linux)  
In CUPS Printing System, click the [Add Printer] button, and then spec-  
ify PPD to add this machine.  
Note  
For details on CUPS, click the [Help] button in the CUPS Web manage-  
ment page.  
To set up the PPD driver for Linux  
Specify the functions by clicking the [Configure Printer] button in CUPS  
Printing System.  
C550  
11-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Appendix  
To register the PPD driver for OpenOffice  
11  
1
In CUPS Printing System, click the [Add Printer] button, and then spec-  
ify PPD to add this machine.  
2
3
4
Open the OpenOffice Printer Administrator tool.  
Click the [New Printer] button.  
In the Choose a device type dialog box, select “Add a printer”, and then  
click the [Next] button.  
5
6
In the Choose a driver dialog box, click the [Import] button.  
Select “KONICA MINOLTA C650 OpenOffice PPD”, and then click the  
[OK] button.  
7
8
9
From the “Please Select a Suitable driver.” list, select “KONICAMINOL-  
TA C650 OpenOffice PPD”, and then click the [Next] button.  
In the Choose a command line dialog box, select the printer that was  
added to CUPS, and then click the [Next] button.  
Click the [Finish] button.  
To print with OpenOffice  
1
2
3
4
From the [File] menu in OpenOffice, select “Print”.  
Select “KONICAMINOLTA C650 OpenOfficePPD” in “Printer name”.  
Click the [Properties] button.  
Select the desired setting from the “Page size” drop-down list, and  
then click the [OK] button.  
To specify settings other than the page size, click the [Configure  
Printer] button in CUPS Printing System.  
5
To print, click the [OK] button in the OpenOffice print dialog box.  
C550  
11-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Appendix  
11  
About the PPD driver for applications  
PPD registration destination (example: Adobe PageMaker)  
-
Adobe PageMaker 6.0  
Copy the PPD file to RSR\CPPD4, which is under the folder to which  
PageMaker is installed.  
-
Adobe PageMaker 6.5/7.0  
Copy the PPD file to RSRC\<Language>\PPD4, which is under the folder  
to which PageMaker is installed.  
To print  
1
2
3
4
From the [File] menu, select “Print”.  
From the “PPD” box in the print dialog box, select this machine.  
Specify “Paper” or “Features” for the printer.  
To print, click the [Print] button.  
C550  
11-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Appendix  
11  
11.5 Glossary  
Term  
Definition  
10Base-T/100Base-TX/  
1000Base-T  
An Ethernet standard, which is a cable consisting of twisted copper  
wire pairs. The transmission speed of 10Base-T is 10 Mbps, of  
100Base-TX is 100 Mbps, and of 1000Base-T is 1000 Mbps.  
®
®
Adobe Flash  
Software developed by Adobe Systems, Inc. (formarly developed by  
Macromedia, Inc.), and used to create data combining vector-graph-  
ic animation and sound, and the format of this data file. The bidirec-  
tional content can be manipulated using a keyboard and a mouse.  
The files can be kept relatively compact, and they can be accessed  
with the Web browser plug-in.  
AppleTalk  
bit  
A generic name for the protocol suite developed by Apple Computer  
for computer networking.  
Abbreviation for Binary Digit. The smallest unit of information (data  
quantity) on a computer or printer. Displays data using 0 or 1.  
BMP  
Abbreviation for Bitmap. A file format for saving image data which  
uses the .bmp extension. Commonly used on Windows platforms.  
You can specify the color depth from monochrome (2 values) to full  
color (16,777,216 colors). Images are not usually compressed when  
saved.  
Bonjour  
BOOTP  
Macintosh network technology for automatically detecting devices  
connected to the network and for specifying settings. Previously  
called “Rendezvous”, the name was changed to “Bonjour” starting  
with Mac OS X v10.4.  
Abbreviation for Bootstrap Protocol. A protocol in which a client  
computer on a TCP/IP network automatically specifies the network  
settings from the server. Currently, DHCP, which is an advanced  
protocol based on BOOTP, is mainly used.  
Brightness  
Byte  
Brightness of a display screen  
Unit of information (data quantity) on a computer or printer. Config-  
ured as 1 byte equals 8 bits.  
Client  
A computer that uses the services provided by a server through a  
network.  
CMYK  
Abbreviation for Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black. The colors in the  
toner and ink used for color printing can all be represented by  
changing the mixing ratio of the four colors of CMYK.  
Color matching  
Default gateway  
DHCP  
Technology for decreasing the difference in color among different  
devices such as scanners, displays, and printers.  
A device, such as a computer or router, used as a “gateway” to ac-  
cess computers not on the same LAN.  
Abbreviation for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. A protocol in  
which a client computer on a TCP/IP network automatically specifies  
the network settings from the server. With collective management of  
the IP address for DHCP clients on the DHCP server, you can avoid  
duplication of an address and you can build a network easily.  
C550  
11-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Appendix  
11  
Term  
Definition  
DNS  
Abbreviation for Domain Name System. A system that acquires the  
supported IP addresses from host names in a network environment.  
DNS allows the user to access other computers over a network by  
specifying host names, instead of difficult to memorize and under-  
stand IP addresses.  
DPI (dpi)  
Driver  
Abbreviation for Dots Per Inch. A resolution unit used by printers and  
scanners. Indicates how many dots per inch are represented in an  
image. The higher the value, the higher the resolution.  
Software that works as a bridge between a computer and a periph-  
eral device.  
Ethernet  
LAN transmission line standard  
Frame type  
Type of communication format used in a NetWare environment.  
Communication is not possible if the same frame type is not used.  
FTP  
Abbreviation for File Transfer Protocol. A protocol for transferring  
files over the Internet or an intranet on the TCP/IP network.  
Gateway  
Hardware and software used as the point where a network is con-  
nected to a network. A gateway also changes data formats, ad-  
dresses, and protocols according to the connected network.  
Grayscale  
Hard disk  
Monochrome image expressive form using the gradation information  
from black to white  
Large capacity storage device for storing data. The data can be  
stored even if the power is turned off.  
Host name  
HTTP  
Displayed name of a device over a network.  
Abbreviation for HyperText Transfer Protocol. A protocol used to  
send and receive data between a Web server and a client (Web  
browser). Documents containing images, recordings, and video clips  
can be exchanged with the expressive form information.  
Install  
IPP  
To install hardware, operating systems, applications, printer drivers  
on to a computer  
Abbreviation for Internet Printing Protocol. A protocol that sends and  
receives print data and controls printers over the Internet on a TCP/  
IP network. Data can also be sent to printers in remote areas to print  
over the Internet.  
IPX  
A protocol used with NetWare and works at the network layer of the  
OSI reference model  
IPX/SPX  
Abbreviation for Internetwork Packet Exchange/Sequenced Packet  
Exchange. A protocol developed by Novel, Inc. that is commonly  
used under a NetWare environment.  
IP address  
A code (address) that is used to identify individual network devices  
over the Internet. A maximum of three digits for four numbers are  
displayed such as 192.168.1.10. IP addresses are assigned to devic-  
es, including computers, which are connected to the Internet.  
LAN  
Abbreviation for Local Area Network. A network which connects  
computers on the same floor, in the same building, or in neighboring  
buildings.  
Local printer  
A printer connected to a parallel or USB port of a computer.  
C550  
11-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix  
11  
Term  
Definition  
LPD  
Abbreviation for Line Printer Daemon. A printer protocol that uses  
TCP/IP and is platform-independent. Originally developed for BSD  
UNIX, it has become the standard printing protocol and can be used  
with any general computer.  
LPR/LPD  
Abbreviation for Line Printer Request/Line Printer Daemon. A print-  
ing method over a network in a Windows NT system or UNIX system.  
Using TCP/IP, you can output print data from Windows or Unix to a  
printer over a network.  
MAC address  
Abbreviation for Media Access Control address. With a special ID  
number for each Ethernet card, data can be sent and received be-  
tween the cards. A number consists of 48 bits. The first 24 bits con-  
sist of a special number for each manufacture controlling and  
assigning IEEE. The last 24 bits consist of a number that the manu-  
facturer assigns uniquely to the card.  
Memory  
NDPS  
Storage device for storing data temporally. When the power is  
turned off the data may or may not be erased.  
Abbreviation for Novell Distributed Print Services. Provides a highly  
efficient printing solution in an NDS environment. By using the NDPS  
as a printer server, you can output from the desired printer, automat-  
ically download the printer driver of a newly installed printer, simplify  
and automate complicated management environments related to  
printer use, and integrate management related to the network print-  
er.  
NDS  
Abbreviation for Novell Directory Services. The servers and printers  
on a network and the shared resources of the user’s information, as  
well as the user’s access authority over these items can be consoli-  
dated in the hierarchy structure.  
NetBIOS  
NetBEUI  
Abbreviation for Network Basic Input Output System. A communica-  
tion interface developed by IBM.  
Abbreviation for NetBIOS Extended User Interface. A network proto-  
col developed by IBM. By simply specifying the computer name, you  
can build a small-scale network.  
NetWare  
Network operating system developed by Novell. NetWare IPX/SPX  
is used as the communication protocol.  
Nprinter/Rprinter  
Remote printer support module for using a printer server under a  
NetWare environment. Use NetWare 3.x with Rprinter, and NetWare  
4.x with Nprinter.  
OHP/OHT  
OS  
OHP (overhead projector) transparencies which are used for presen-  
tations.  
Abbreviation for Operating System. Basic software for controlling  
the system of a computer.  
Outline font  
A font using lines and curves to display an outline of a character.  
Large-size characters can be displayed on a screen or printed with  
no jagged edges.  
PDF  
PDL  
Abbreviation for Portable Document Format. An electronically for-  
matted document which uses the .pdf extension. Based on the Post-  
Script format, you can use the free Adobe Acrobat Reader software  
to view documents.  
Abbreviation for Page Description Language. The language for spec-  
ifying the print image per page to a printer when printing using a  
page printer.  
C550  
11-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix  
11  
Term  
Definition  
PostScript  
A typical page-descriptive language developed by Adobe and is  
commonly used for high quality printing.  
PPD  
Abbreviation for PostScript Printer Description. A file used to de-  
scribe the resolution, usable paper size, and the PostScript printer  
model special information.  
Peer-to-peer  
Plug-and-play  
Preview  
A network format that allows connected devices to communicate  
without using a dedicated server.  
Ability to automatically find and use the appropriate driver when a  
peripheral device is connected to a computer.  
A function that allows you to view an image before processing a print  
or scan job.  
Printer buffer  
Print Job  
Memory domain temporarily used for data processing of a print job  
Print request transmitted from a computer to a printing device.  
Print queue  
A software system which queues the generated print job in the de-  
vices.  
Profile  
Color attribute file  
The dedicated file that contains the summarized correlation of the in-  
put and output of each primary color used so that the color input and  
output devices can reproduce the color.  
Property  
Attribute information  
When using a printer driver, various functions can be specified in the  
file properties.  
In the file properties, you can check the attribute information of the  
file.  
Protocol  
The rules that allow computers to communicate with other comput-  
ers or peripheral devices  
Proxy server  
A server that is installed to act as an intermediary connection be-  
tween each client and different servers to effectively ensure security  
over the entire system for Internet connections.  
PServer  
Print server module under a NetWare environment that monitors,  
changes, pauses, restarts, or cancels a print job.  
Queue name  
Name specified to each device that allows printing when network  
printing.  
Required logical printer name for LPD/LPR printing  
Resolution  
RIP  
Displays the ability to reproduce the details of images and print mat-  
ter correctly.  
Abbreviation for Raster Image Processor. Process that develops pic-  
ture images from described text data using the PostScript page de-  
scription language. The processor is usually integrated in the printer.  
RGB  
Abbreviation for Red, Green, and Blue. Represents all colors by  
changing the brightness ratio of the RGB 3 colors using the primary  
colors used by the color representation in a monitor.  
Samba  
UNIX server software that uses SMB (Server Message Block) so that  
UNIX system resources can be used from a Windows environment.  
Screen font  
A font for displaying text and symbols on a CRT monitor.  
Shared printer  
A printer setup that allows the printer to be used by multiple comput-  
ers connected to a server over a network.  
C550  
11-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix  
11  
Term  
Definition  
SLP  
Abbreviation for Service Location Protocol. A protocol capable of  
finding services over a TCP/IP network and automatically specifying  
a client.  
SMB  
Abbreviation for Server Message Block. A protocol that shares files  
and printers over a network and which is mainly used by Microsoft  
Windows.  
SMTP  
SNMP  
Spool  
Abbreviation for Simple Mail Transfer Protocol. A protocol for send-  
ing and forwarding e-mail.  
Abbreviation for Simple Network Management Protocol. A manage-  
ment protocol in a network environment using TCP/IP.  
Abbreviation for Simultaneous Peripheral Operation On-Line. For  
printer output, data is not sent directly to the printer, it is temporarily  
stored in another location, then sent to the printer collectively.  
Subnet mask  
TCP/IP  
The unit used to divide a TCP/IP network into small networks (sub-  
networks). It is used to identify the bits in a network address that are  
higher than the IP address.  
Abbreviation for Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol.  
The de facto standard protocol used by the Internet that uses IP ad-  
dresses to identify each network device.  
TrueType  
An outline font that was developed by Apple Computer and Micro-  
soft. It is used as a standard by Macintosh and Microsoft Windows  
and can be used both on a display and in print.  
Touch & Print  
Function that allows you to print the job that was sent from the print-  
er driver when performing user authentication by only positioning the  
finger or IC card on the authentication unit that is connected to this  
machine.  
To use the Touch & Print function, an authentication unit must be in-  
stalled on this machine, and the finger vein pattern or IC card IDs for  
each user must be registered.  
USB  
Abbreviation for Universal Serial Bus. A general interface standard  
for connecting a mouse, printer, and other devices to a computer.  
Uninstall  
To delete software installed on a computer  
Web browser  
Software such as Internet Explorer and Netscape Navigator for view-  
ing Web pages.  
WINS  
Abbreviation for Windows Internet Naming Service. A service for re-  
calling named servers for the conversion of computer names and IP  
address in a Windows environment.  
C550  
11-14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
12 Index  
12.1 Index  
A
Account track  
................ 4-12, 5-15, 6-15, 8-15, 9-63  
Add printer wizard ............................2-7  
Administrator mode ........................9-33  
AppleTalk .............................2-25, 3-39  
Configuration page .............. 9-31, 11-3  
Configure tab ....................... 5-43, 6-45  
Connecting ...................................... 1-5  
Copies ............................. 7-8, 8-9, 9-4  
Copies & Pages ............................... 8-9  
Copy protection  
.......................... 4-22, 5-35, 6-36, 8-32  
Cover mode ......................... 4-20, 8-27  
Cover Mode tab .................. 5-24, 6-24  
CR/LF mapping ............................. 9-25  
B
Back cover  
................ 4-20, 5-24, 6-24, 7-10, 8-27  
Banner paper tray ..........................9-19  
Banner sheet setting ........................9-8  
Basic tab ..................................5-7, 6-7  
Bindery ...........................................3-21  
Bindery emulation ................3-21, 3-24  
Binding direction ............................9-10  
Binding margin .....................5-19, 6-19  
Binding position  
................ 5-18, 6-18, 7-10, 8-19, 9-16  
Bonjour .................................2-25, 3-40  
Booklet ............ 4-16, 5-18, 6-18, 8-19  
Border ..................................5-17, 6-17  
Custom page sizes  
........................ 5-8, 5-48, 6-8, 7-6, 8-8  
D
Date ........................... 5-37, 6-38, 8-35  
Deleting secure print  
documents .................................... 9-37  
Demo page .......................... 9-31, 11-6  
Driver settings ........... 5-50, 6-51, 8-42  
Duplex ... 4-16, 5-18, 6-18, 7-10, 8-19  
Duplex printing .............................. 9-15  
E
Editing a watermark ............ 5-28, 6-29  
Error message ............................... 10-5  
Ethernet ........................................... 1-6  
Exporting ............................. 5-53, 6-55  
C
Center Staple and Fold  
.................................... 4-19, 5-22, 6-22  
Changing paper sizes .......................9-7  
Chapters .......... 4-15, 5-18, 6-18, 8-23  
Collate ......................... 4-13, 7-8, 8-10  
Color selection  
.......................... 5-39, 6-40, 7-10, 8-38  
Color settings  
.......................... 5-39, 6-40, 7-10, 8-38  
F
Fax driver ......................................... 2-1  
Finish ............................................. 8-19  
Finish tab ............................. 5-21, 6-21  
Finishing ........................................ 7-10  
Fold & Staple ................................. 8-19  
Combination ...... 4-14, 5-17, 6-17, 7-9  
C550  
12-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Index  
Folding  
NDS ........................... 3-21, 3-28, 3-32  
NetWare ................................ 3-2, 3-21  
Network ........................................... 3-1  
Network connection ................ 2-3, 3-3  
Novell Distributed Print Service .... 3-36  
Nprinter ......................................... 3-21  
................ 4-19, 5-23, 6-23, 7-10, 8-19  
Font list ...........................................11-4  
Font settings ............. 5-40, 6-43, 9-20  
Font size .........................................9-23  
Front cover  
................ 4-20, 5-24, 6-24, 7-10, 8-27  
G
Offset ......................... 4-13, 7-10, 8-10  
Operating environment .................... 1-5  
Operating system .................... 1-5, 2-1  
Options ............ 5-43, 6-45, 7-12, 8-41  
Orientation ............................... 7-5, 8-7  
Original direction ............................. 9-5  
Original orientation .......................... 4-8  
Original size ..................... 4-9, 5-7, 6-7  
Output tray  
................ 5-23, 6-23, 7-10, 8-25, 9-36  
General settings .......................7-8, 8-9  
Glossy mode ... 5-39, 6-40, 7-10, 8-38  
H
Hole punching  
...... 4-18, 5-22, 6-22, 7-10, 8-19, 9-18  
I
I/F timeout ......................................9-40  
Image compression ........................5-39  
Importing ..............................5-53, 6-55  
Installer .............................................2-4  
Installing ........................ 2-1, 2-5, 2-24  
Interfaces ..........................................1-6  
IP address ........................................3-4  
IPP printing .....................................3-14  
Overlap width line ................ 5-17, 8-19  
Overlay ...................... 4-22, 5-29, 6-30  
L
Page attributes ........................ 7-5, 8-7  
Layout ....................................7-9, 8-19  
Layout tab ............................5-17, 6-17  
Line/Page .......................................9-24  
LPR printing ...................................3-10  
Page numbers  
Page setup .............. 7-1, 7-5, 8-1, 8-7  
Pages ...................................... 7-8, 8-9  
PageScope Web Connection  
................................................ 3-7, 9-66  
M
Mac OS 9.2 ................. 2-24, 2-27, 7-1  
Mac OS X ...............................2-24, 8-1  
Macintosh .................... 1-5, 2-24, 3-39  
Paper ............................................... 7-5  
Paper arrangement  
.......................... 4-20, 5-23, 6-23, 8-19  
Paper size  
N
................ 4-9, 5-7, 5-8, 6-7, 8-7, 9-14  
N in 1 ......................... 4-14, 5-17, 6-17  
NDPS ..............................................3-36  
Paper source ......................... 4-11, 7-8  
C550  
12-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
Paper tray ...........4-11, 5-8, 5-44, 6-8,  
6-46, 8-25, 9-12  
Quality ........................................... 8-38  
Paper type ............................4-11, 8-25  
Pattern ............................................5-39  
PCL driver ................................2-1, 5-1  
PCL font list ....................................9-31  
PDL setting .......................................9-2  
.......................... 4-23, 5-39, 6-40, 8-38  
Quality tab ........................... 5-39, 6-40  
Recalling jobs ............ 9-49, 9-51, 9-58  
Remote printer mode .......... 3-21, 3-28  
Rendezvous ......................... 2-25, 3-40  
Per page setting  
.......................... 4-21, 5-25, 6-25, 8-29  
Plug and play .................................2-18  
Port 9100 printing ...........................3-12  
Poster mode .........................4-14, 5-17  
PostScript .........................................2-1  
PostScript driver ......................2-1, 6-1  
PostScript options ............................7-7  
PPD driver ....................... 2-1, 7-1, 8-1  
Print data capture ...........................9-42  
Print jobs ........................................9-46  
Print server mode .................3-24, 3-28  
Print settings ....................................9-1  
.......................... 5-10, 6-10, 8-11, 9-58  
Secure print user box .................... 9-51  
Setting up the system ..................... 1-8  
Settings tab ......................... 5-47, 6-49  
Print type  
.......................... 4-17, 5-20, 6-20, 8-22  
................ 4-16, 5-18, 6-18, 7-10, 8-19  
Print/fax output setting ...................9-35  
Printer controller ...............................1-1  
Printer driver .....................................2-1  
Printer fonts ....................................4-23  
Printer specific options ..................7-10  
Printing ............ 1-4, 7-2, 7-8, 8-2, 8-9  
Printing methods ..............................4-1  
Printing operations ...........................4-1  
Printing reports ...............................9-31  
Skipping blank pages .................... 4-15  
SMB printing ................................... 3-8  
Software tools ..................... 5-46, 6-48  
Specifications ................................ 11-1  
Spool setting ................................... 9-6  
Stamp/Composition ...................... 8-32  
Stamp/Composition tab ...... 5-27, 6-28  
Stapling  
...... 4-18, 5-21, 6-21, 7-10, 8-19, 9-17  
Starting up a software tool  
.............................................. 5-46, 6-48  
Substitute fonts ............................. 4-23  
Supported operating systems ......... 2-1  
Symbol set .................................... 9-22  
Printing without specifying the  
authentication setting .....................9-39  
Proof print ....... 5-10, 6-10, 8-11, 9-49  
PS errors ........................................9-27  
PS font list ......................................9-31  
PServer ...........................................3-21  
C550  
12-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
12  
T
Test printing .....................................4-2  
Time ................ 4-23, 5-37, 6-38, 8-35  
Transparency interleave  
................ 4-20, 5-26, 6-27, 7-10, 8-27  
Troubleshooting .............................10-1  
U
Unable to print ................................10-1  
Unable to specify desired  
settings ...........................................10-3  
Uninstalling ...........................2-21, 2-29  
USB ..................................................1-6  
USB connection ...............................2-3  
User authentication  
................ 4-12, 5-13, 6-13, 8-14, 9-60  
User settings ....................................9-1  
User’s guides .................................x-29  
Utility mode ......................................9-1  
V
Various settings ................................9-1  
W
Watermark ................. 4-21, 5-27, 6-28  
Windows ...................................1-5, 2-3  
Z
Zoom ............................. 4-10, 5-7, 6-7  
C550  
12-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  

Ingersoll Rand Power Screwdriver 8506 A User Manual
JAI Camcorder TS 4032EN User Manual
JobSite Systems Stereo Amplifier AB50 X2 User Manual
Johnson Controls Furnace TM9VMP User Manual
JVC DVD Recorder DR M150SEK User Manual
JVC VCR HR J341EM User Manual
Kenmore Vacuum Cleaner 1163172 User Manual
Kenmore Washer 4174110 User Manual
Kicker Stereo Amplifier KS52 User Manual
KitchenAid Double Oven KEMS308S User Manual